Back to GetFilings.com





UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
Form 10-Q

(Mark One)

x

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the quarterly period ended     September 30, 2004

 

 

OR

 

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the transition period from ______________ to ____________

 

Commission File No.: 0-11113

PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

California

 

95-3673456

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

 

 

1021 Anacapa St., 3rd Floor

 

 

Santa Barbara, California

 

93101

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

 

 

(805) 564-6405

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

 

Not Applicable

Former name, former address and former fiscal year,
if changed since last report.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes
x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes
 x No o

Common Stock - As of October 29, 2004 there were 45,655,110 shares of the issuer’s common stock outstanding.

1



TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Financial Statements:

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)
     September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited)
     Three and Nine-Month Periods Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)
     Nine-Month Periods Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (unaudited)
     Three and Nine-Month Periods Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

The financial statements included in this Form 10-Q should be read with reference to Pacific Capital Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

 

 

 

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

 

 

 

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

 

 

 

PART II.

OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

Item 1

Legal proceedings

 

 

 

 

Item 2

Changes in Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

 

 

 

Item 3

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

 

 

 

 

Item 4

Submission of Matters to a vote of security holders

 

 

 

 

Item 5

Other information

 

 

 

 

Item 6

Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

2



PART 1 FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.                                                                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP & SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands except per share amounts)


 

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

 

 


 


 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Cash and due from banks

 

 

$

128,158

 

 

 

$

150,010

 

 

     Federal funds sold and securities purchased under
        agreements to resell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,010

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

               Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

128,158

 

 

 

 

183,020

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

     Securities available-for-sale, at fair value (Note 4)

 

 

 

1,465,585

 

 

 

 

1,317,962

 

 

     Loans, net of allowance of $52,169 at
        September 30, 2004 and $49,550 at
        December 31, 2003 (Note 5)

 

 

 

3,865,776

 

 

 

 

3,131,329

 

 

     Premises, equipment and other long-term assets

 

 

 

90,720

 

 

 

 

73,959

 

 

     Accrued interest receivable

 

 

 

21,877

 

 

 

 

19,608

 

 

     Goodwill (Note 7)

 

 

 

109,232

 

 

 

 

30,048

 

 

     Other intangible assets (Notes 7 and 8)

 

 

 

5,531

 

 

 

 

2,962

 

 

     Other assets (Note 6)

 

 

 

118,161

 

 

 

 

100,742

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

                    Total assets

 

 

$

5,805,040

 

 

 

$

4,859,630

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Noninterest bearing demand deposits

 

 

$

992,351

 

 

 

$

924,106

 

 

          Interest bearing deposits

 

 

 

3,424,882

 

 

 

 

2,930,611

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

               Total Deposits

 

 

 

4,417,233

 

 

 

 

3,854,717

 

 

     Federal funds purchased and securities sold
        under agreements to repurchase

 

 

 

99,811

 

 

 

 

58,339

 

 

     Long-term debt and other borrowings (Note 9)

 

 

 

785,167

 

 

 

 

499,548

 

 

     Obligations under capital lease

 

 

 

7,655

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

 

 

39,109

 

 

 

 

47,978

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

               Total liabilities

 

 

 

5,348,975

 

 

 

 

4,460,582

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Common stock (no par value; $0.25 per share stated value;
        80,000 authorized; 45,645 outstanding at
        September 30, 2004 and 45,284 at December 31, 2003)

 

 

 

11,416

 

 

 

 

8,494

 

 

     Preferred stock — no par value; shares authorized: 1,000;
        Shares issued and outstanding: none

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Surplus

 

 

 

77,108

 

 

 

 

72,916

 

 

     Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

12,197

 

 

 

 

12,807

 

 

     Retained earnings

 

 

 

355,344

 

 

 

 

304,831

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

               Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

456,065

 

 

 

 

399,048

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

                    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

$

5,805,040

 

 

 

$

4,859,630

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

3



PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP & SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

 

For the Three-Month
Periods Ended
September 30,

 

For the Nine-Month
Periods Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Loans

 

 

$

60,387

 

 

 

$

48,128

 

 

 

$

203,852

 

 

 

$

177,745

 

 

     Securities

 

 

 

16,033

 

 

 

 

11,719

 

 

 

 

44,178

 

 

 

 

30,930

 

 

     Federal funds sold and securities
        purchased under agreements to resell

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

 

747

 

 

 

 

956

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

          Total interest income

 

 

 

76,583

 

 

 

 

59,951

 

 

 

 

248,777

 

 

 

 

209,631

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Deposits

 

 

 

11,024

 

 

 

 

8,490

 

 

 

 

29,910

 

 

 

 

27,776

 

 

     Securities sold under agreements to
        repurchase and Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

 

973

 

 

 

 

617

 

 

     Other borrowed funds

 

 

 

7,184

 

 

 

 

4,473

 

 

 

 

18,434

 

 

 

 

12,357

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

          Total interest expense

 

 

 

18,424

 

 

 

 

13,038

 

 

 

 

49,317

 

 

 

 

40,750

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

58,159

 

 

 

 

46,913

 

 

 

 

199,460

 

 

 

 

168,881

 

 

Provision for credit losses (Note 5)

 

 

 

2,740

 

 

 

 

2,653

 

 

 

 

11,061

 

 

 

 

16,905

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

     Net interest income after provision for credit losses

 

 

 

55,419

 

 

 

 

44,260

 

 

 

 

188,399

 

 

 

 

151,976

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Non interest revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Service charges on deposits

 

 

 

4,064

 

 

 

 

3,898

 

 

 

 

12,199

 

 

 

 

11,468

 

 

     Trust fees

 

 

 

3,714

 

 

 

 

3,558

 

 

 

 

11,501

 

 

 

 

10,581

 

 

     Refund transfer fees

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

 

20,997

 

 

 

 

19,763

 

 

     Other service charges, commissions and fees, net

 

 

 

3,816

 

 

 

 

4,518

 

 

 

 

13,487

 

 

 

 

13,445

 

 

     Net gain on sale of tax refund loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,945

 

 

 

 

8,031

 

 

     Net (loss) gain on securities transactions

 

 

 

(973

)

 

 

 

928

 

 

 

 

(1,489

)

 

 

 

1,592

 

 

     Other income

 

 

 

435

 

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

 

3,602

 

 

 

 

2,735

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

          Total noninterest revenue

 

 

 

11,241

 

 

 

 

13,626

 

 

 

 

63,242

 

 

 

 

67,615

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Operating expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Salaries and benefits

 

 

 

22,916

 

 

 

 

20,521

 

 

 

 

72,165

 

 

 

 

63,458

 

 

     Net occupancy expense

 

 

 

3,839

 

 

 

 

3,870

 

 

 

 

11,244

 

 

 

 

10,967

 

 

     Equipment expense

 

 

 

2,252

 

 

 

 

2,043

 

 

 

 

6,562

 

 

 

 

6,810

 

 

     Other expense

 

 

 

14,342

 

 

 

 

11,184

 

 

 

 

44,537

 

 

 

 

39,329

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

          Total operating expense

 

 

 

43,349

 

 

 

 

37,618

 

 

 

 

134,508

 

 

 

 

120,564

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

 

23,311

 

 

 

 

20,268

 

 

 

 

117,133

 

 

 

 

99,027

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

8,752

 

 

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

 

43,436

 

 

 

 

35,953

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

               Net income

 

 

$

14,559

 

 

 

$

13,257

 

 

 

$

73,697

 

 

 

$

63,074

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share - basic (Note 3)

 

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

$

0.29

 

 

 

$

1.62

 

 

 

$

1.38

 

 

Earnings per share - diluted (Note 3)

 

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

$

0.29

 

 

 

$

1.61

 

 

 

$

1.36

 

 

Average number of shares - basic

 

 

 

45,615

 

 

 

 

45,495

 

 

 

 

45,485

 

 

 

 

45,775

 

 

Average number of shares - diluted

 

 

 

45,943

 

 

 

 

45,907

 

 

 

 

45,813

 

 

 

 

46,217

 

 

Dividends declared per share

 

 

$

0.18

 

 

 

$

0.16

 

 

 

$

0.51

 

 

 

$

0.44

 

 

Dividends paid per share

 

 

$

0.18

 

 

 

$

0.16

 

 

 

$

0.51

 

 

 

$

0.44

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

4



PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP & SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
(dollars in thousands)

 

 

For the Nine-Month
Periods Ended September 30,

 

    

2004

    

2003

 

 


      


Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Net Income

 

$

73,697

 

 

$

63,074

   

     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Depreciation and amortization

 

 

7,799

 

 

 

7,445

 

          Provision for credit losses

 

 

11,061

 

 

 

16,905

 

          Net amortization of discounts and premiums for
             securities and commercial paper

 

 

1,691

 

 

 

2,876

 

          Net change in deferred loan origination fees and costs

 

 

1,700

 

 

 

(378

)

          Net loss (gain) on sales and calls of securities

 

 

1,489

 

 

 

(1,592

)

          Change in accrued interest receivable and other assets

 

 

548

 

 

 

2,538

 

          Change in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

 

(10,648

)

 

 

9,863

 

 

 



 

 



 

               Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

87,337

 

 

 

100,731

 

 

 



 

 



 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Purchase of bank or branches

 

 

(123,282

)

 

 

 

          Proceeds from sales of AFS securities

 

 

81,513

 

 

 

96,567

 

          Proceeds from calls, maturities, and partial paydowns of AFS securities

 

 

228,535

 

 

 

240,125

 

          Proceeds from calls and maturities of HTM securities

 

 

 

 

 

3,987

 

          Purchase of AFS securities

 

 

(343,303

)

 

 

(791,487

)

          Net (increase) decrease in loans made to customers

 

 

(337,621

)

 

 

(66,972

)

          Purchase or investment in premises and equipment

 

 

(14,728

)

 

 

(11,170

)

 

 



 

 



 

               Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(508,886

)

 

 

(528,950

)

 

 



 

 



 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Net increase (decrease) in deposits

 

 

272,028

 

 

 

215,298

 

          Net increase (decrease) in borrowings with maturities of 90 days or less

 

 

14,567

 

 

 

59,852

 

          Proceeds from long-term debt and other borrowing

 

 

173,897

 

 

 

225,700

 

          Payments on long-term debt and other borrowing

 

 

(77,735

)

 

 

(27,141

)

          Cash paid for retirement of stock

 

 

 

 

 

(28,149

)

          Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

7,114

 

 

 

5,780

 

          Dividends paid

 

 

(23,184

)

 

 

(20,278

)

 

 



 

 



 

               Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

366,687

 

 

 

431,062

 

 

 



 

 



 

     Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(54,862

)

 

 

2,843

 

     Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

183,020

 

 

 

151,540

 

 

 



 

 



 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

128,158

 

 

$

154,383

 

 

 



 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Interest paid during period

 

$

49,242

 

 

$

43,074

 

          Income taxes paid during period

 

$

37,800

 

 

$

21,950

 

          Non-cash additions to other real estate owned

 

$

2,910

 

 

$

 

          Non-cash reduction to loans

 

$

(2,910

)

 

$

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

5



PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP & SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)
(dollars in thousands)

 

 

For the Three-Month
Period Ended
September 30, 2004

 

For the Three-Month
Period Ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Before-Tax
Amount

 

Tax
(Benefit)/
Expense

 

Net-of-Tax
Amount

 

Before-Tax
Amount

 

Tax
(Benefit)/
Expense

 

Net-of-Tax
Amount

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

$

23,311

 

 

 

$

8,752

 

 

 

$

14,559

 

 

 

$

20,268

 

 

 

$

7,011

 

 

 

$

13,257

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Net unrealized gain on securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Net unrealized holding
             gains (losses) arising
             during period

 

 

 

23,168

 

 

 

 

9,742

 

 

 

 

13,426

 

 

 

 

(12,992

)

 

 

 

(5,463

)

 

 

 

(7,529

)

 

          Less: reclassification adjustment
             for (losses) gains included
             in net income

 

 

 

(973

)

 

 

 

(409

)

 

 

 

(564

)

 

 

 

928

 

 

 

 

390

 

 

 

 

538

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

               Other comprehensive
                  income (loss)

 

 

 

24,141

 

 

 

 

10,151

 

 

 

 

13,990

 

 

 

 

(13,920

)

 

 

 

(5,853

)

 

 

 

(8,067

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

$

47,452

 

 

 

$

18,903

 

 

 

$

28,549

 

 

 

$

6,348

 

 

 

$

1,158

 

 

 

$

5,190

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 


 

 

For the Nine-Month
Period Ended
September 30, 2004

 

For the Nine-Month
Period Ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Before-Tax
Amount

 

Tax
(Benefit)/
Expense

 

Net-of-Tax
Amount

 

Before-Tax
Amount

 

Tax
(Benefit)/
Expense

 

Net-of-Tax
Amount

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

$

117,133

 

 

 

$

43,436

 

 

 

$

73,697

 

 

 

$

99,027

 

 

 

$

35,953

 

 

 

$

63,074

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Net unrealized gain on securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Net unrealized holding
             losses arising during period

 

 

 

(2,542

)

 

 

 

(1,069

)

 

 

 

(1,473

)

 

 

 

(1,178

)

 

 

 

(495

)

 

 

 

(683

)

 

          Less: reclassification adjustment
             for (losses) gains included
             in net income

 

 

 

(1,489

)

 

 

 

(626

)

 

 

 

(863

)

 

 

 

1,592

 

 

 

 

669

 

 

 

 

923

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

               Other comprehensive
                  loss

 

 

 

(1,053

)

 

 

 

(443

)

 

 

 

(610

)

 

 

 

(2,770

)

 

 

 

(1,165

)

 

 

 

(1,605

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

$

116,080

 

 

 

$

42,993

 

 

 

$

73,087

 

 

 

$

96,257

 

 

 

$

34,788

 

 

 

$

61,469

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

6



PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
September 30, 2004
(Unaudited)

1.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the parent holding company, Pacific Capital Bancorp (“Bancorp”), and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Pacific Capital Bank, N.A. (the “Bank” or “PCBNA”), two service corporations, and two securitization subsidiaries. The activities of one of the service corporations are minimal; the other is inactive. The securitization subsidiaries are or have been used for the transactions described in Note 8, “Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets.” All references to the “Company” apply to Pacific Capital Bancorp and its subsidiaries. “Bancorp” will be used to refer to the parent company only. Material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

On March 5, 2004, the Company acquired Pacific Crest Capital, Inc. (“PCCI”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Pacific Crest Bank, Pacific Crest Capital Trust I (“PCC Trust I”), Pacific Crest Capital Trust II (“PCC Trust II”), and Pacific Crest Capital Trust III (“PCC Trust III”). PCCI was merged into Bancorp, while Pacific Crest Bank was merged into PCBNA. PCC Trust I, PCC Trust II, and PCC Trust III were created by PCCI for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. These three entities remain stand-alone subsidiaries of Bancorp but are not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements (see “Variable Interest Entities” in this Note regarding the nonconsolidation of these subsidiaries and Note 2, “Business Combinations” for more information on the PCCI acquisition).

Prior to March 29, 2002, Bancorp had two wholly owned bank subsidiaries, Santa Barbara Bank & Trust (“SBB&T”) and First National Bank of Central California (“FNB”). SBB&T and FNB were merged on that date to form PCBNA. The “Bank” is intended to mean SBB&T and/or FNB, as appropriate, when referring to events or situations prior to March 29, 2002. PCBNA continues to use the brand names of “Santa Barbara Bank & Trust,” “First National Bank of Central California,” “South Valley National Bank,” and “San Benito Bank” in its various market areas. “Bank” also includes the operations of Pacific Crest Bank, which was merged into PCBNA as part of the March 5, 2004 acquisition of PCCI. The Bank uses the brand name “Pacific Capital Bank” for the operations acquired with PCCI.

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in a condensed format, and therefore do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for complete financial statements. In the opinion of Management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair statement have been reflected in the financial statements. However, the results of operations for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For the purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, money market funds, Federal funds sold, and securities purchased under agreements to resell.

Securities

Securities may be classified as either “held-to-maturity” or “available-for-sale.” Securities for which the Company has positive intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity. Securities that might be sold prior to maturity because of interest rate changes, to meet liquidity needs, or to better match the repricing characteristics of funding sources are classified as available-for-sale. If the Company were to purchase securities principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term, they would be classified as trading securities. The Company holds no securities that should be classified as trading securities and has decided that all securities could be sold for any of the reasons noted above. Consequently, all securities are classified as available-for-sale. On determining gain or loss on securities, cost is determined by specific identification.

7



A Security is impaired if its fair value is less than its cost adjusted for accretion of discount or amortization of premium. In the last several months, there have been extensive discussions regarding securities that might be other than temporarily impaired. This issue is discussed in the sub-section of this note titled, “New Accounting Pronouncements.” The Company has not purchased any securities arising out of highly leveraged transactions, and its investment policy prohibits the purchase of any securities of less than investment grade.

Loans

Nonaccrual Loans—When a borrower is not making payments as contractually required by the note, the Company must decide whether it is appropriate to continue to accrue interest income. Generally, the Company stops accruing interest when the loan has become delinquent by more than 90 days, or in the case of individually analyzed large loans, when either an event of default has occurred or when analysis suggests that it is unlikely that the obligor will continue to pay according to the agreed terms of the credit.

Neither delinquency or default is a requirement for nonaccrual status. Once reasonable doubt about the collectibility exists, it is put on nonaccrual. In the case of consumer loans, it is usually an event of delinquency or default that raises the doubt of collectibility, but in the case of commercial loans, doubt may be raised by other events. For example, the financial statements required of these borrowers may show a deterioration in their financial condition or a borrower may begin borrowing under a line of credit to make payments on another loan.

Impaired Loans—Specific kinds of loans are identified as impaired when it is probable that interest and principal will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan agreements. Because this definition is very similar to that used by Management to determine on which loans interest should not be accrued, the Company expects that most impaired loans will be on nonaccrual status. Therefore, in general, the accrual of interest on impaired loans is discontinued, and any uncollected interest is written off against interest income in the current period. No further income is recognized until all recorded amounts of principal are recovered in full or until circumstances have changed such that the loan is no longer regarded as impaired.

Impaired loans are reviewed each quarter or upon receipt of material information, to determine whether a valuation allowance for loan loss is required. The amount of the valuation allowance for impaired loans is determined by comparing the recorded investment in each loan with its value measured by one of three methods. The first method is to estimate the expected future cash flows and then discount them at the effective interest rate. The second method is to use the loan’s observable market price if the loan is of a kind for which there is a secondary market. The third method is to use the value of the underlying collateral. A valuation allowance is established for any amount by which the recorded investment exceeds the value of the impaired loan. If the value of the loan as determined by the selected method exceeds the recorded investment in the loan, and certain other factors suggest that the recorded investment is or would be reasonably realizable within the contractual term of the loan or within a reasonable period of time using methods available to the bank, then no valuation allowance for that loan is established.

GAAP recognizes that some impaired loans may have risk characteristics that are unique to the individual borrower while others may share common risk characteristics. In the former case, the creditor is expected to apply the measurement methods mentioned in the preceding paragraph on a loan-by-loan basis. In the latter case, the creditor is allowed to aggregate those loans and use historical statistics in measuring the amount of the valuation allowance needed. Because the loans currently identified as impaired by the Company have unique risk characteristics, the valuation allowance disclosed in Note 5, “Loans and the Allowance for Credit Losses,” for impaired loans is determined on a loan-by-loan basis.

The amount of impaired loans and the allowance provided for them are disclosed in Note 5.

Allowance for Other Loans—The Company also provides an allowance for credit losses for other loans. These include: (1) groups of loans for which the allowance is determined by historical loss experience ratios for similar loans; (2) specific loans that are not included in one of the types of loans covered by the concept of “impairment” but for which repayment is nonetheless uncertain; and (3) probable losses incurred in the various loan portfolios, but which have not been specifically identified as of the period end. The amounts of the various components of the allowance for credit losses are based on review of individual loans, historical trends, current economic conditions, and other factors. This process is explained in detail in the notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (“2003 10-K”).

8



Loans that are deemed to be uncollectible are charged-off against the allowance for credit losses. Uncollectibility is determined based on the individual circumstances of the loan and historical trends. Additions and reductions to the allowance for credit loss for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2003 and 2004, and the balances as of those dates are disclosed in Note 5.

Origination Fees—The Company defers and amortizes loan fees collected and origination costs incurred over the lives of the related loans. For each category of loans, the net amount of the unamortized fees and costs are reported as a reduction or addition, respectively, to the balance reported. Because the fees collected are generally less than the origination costs incurred for consumer loans, the total net deferred or unamortized amount for this category is an addition to the loan balances.

Other Assets

Property acquired as a result of defaulted loans is included within other assets on the balance sheets. Property from defaulted loans is carried at the lower of the outstanding balance of the related loan at the time of foreclosure or the estimate of the market value of the assets less disposal costs. During the second quarter of 2004, the Company received a real estate property in satisfaction of a delinquent loan. The property was recorded at an estimate of its fair value less cost of disposal, $2.9 million. As of September 30, 2004, the Company still held the $2.9 million property. As of December 31, 2003, the Company held no properties which it had obtained from foreclosure.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is recorded on the balance sheets in connection with acquisitions of other financial institutions. The Company recognized the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the assets received and liabilities assumed as goodwill. The goodwill recognized in connection with the March 5, 2004 PCCI acquisition is recorded in the “Pacific Capital” segment on the tables included in Note 14, “Segment Disclosure, “ while the remainder of the Company’s goodwill is recorded within the “Community Banking” segment. Prior to the effective date of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”), the purchased goodwill was being amortized over 10 and 15 year periods.

The deposits of financial institutions—especially the deposits other than certificates—are generally the result of long-term customer relationships. These deposits are therefore more valuable to a purchaser than simply their outstanding amount would indicate because financial institutions have to spend marketing and other acquisition costs to generate these customer relationships. Therefore, when deposits are purchased, the seller demands an acquisition cost representing the value of the relationship. In the sale of deposits, because the buyer is actually assuming a liability from the seller, this acquisition cost is represented by the amount that the liability assumed exceeds the cash paid by the seller to the buyer to assume the liability. This acquisition cost is termed a Core Deposit Intangible (“CDI”). The Company records this CDI as an asset and amortizes it against other expense over the expected average life of the deposit relationships acquired. The amount of the CDI and the expected average life of the relationship will differ depending on the nature of the deposits and the customers.

Intangible assets, including goodwill, have been and will be reviewed each year to determine if circumstances related to their valuation have been materially affected. In the event that the current market values are determined to be less than the current book values (impairment), a charge against current earnings will be recorded. No such impairment existed at September 30, 2004 or December 31, 2003.

See Note 2, “Business Combinations,” for information regarding the March 5, 2004 acquisition of PCCI.

Loan Sales and Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company sells some of the residential real estate loans that it originates. Whether it sells loans during any particular period and how much are sold depends on a number of factors, including the Company’s interest rate risk profile, the fees and gains available from selling, the amount of loans originated, and the coupon rates. Some of the residential loans sold are sold “servicing released” and the purchaser takes over the collection of the payments. However, most are sold with “servicing retained” and the Company continues to receive the payments from the borrower and forwards the funds to the purchaser. The Company earns a fee for this service. The sales are made without recourse, that is, the purchaser cannot look to the Company as a source of repayment in the event the borrower does not perform according to the terms of the note. GAAP requires companies engaged in mortgage banking activities to recognize the rights to service mortgage loans for others as separate assets. For loans sold, a portion of the investment in the loan is ascribed to the right to receive this fee for servicing and this value is recorded as a separate asset.

9



Some of the SBA loans are originated with the intention of selling the guaranteed portion. As with the residential loans that are sold, these loans are sold promptly after origination. The Company does not hold them for some period of time to assemble groups or pools for sale. Consequently, the amount at any particular time and any adjustment to the market value from changes in interest rates are immaterial.

Comprehensive Income

The balances in the equity accounts of the Company are impacted by transactions with shareholders. These impacts would include increases from the sale of new stock or the issuance of new stock upon the exercise of stock options. They would also include decreases arising from distributions to shareholders in the form of either dividends or share repurchases. Changes in the equity accounts other than those changes resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners are called comprehensive income. Net income is the primary component of comprehensive income. For the Company, the only component of comprehensive income other than net income is the unrealized gain or loss on securities classified as available-for-sale. The aggregate amount of such changes to equity that have not yet been recognized in net income are reported in the equity portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheets net of income tax effect as “Accumulated other comprehensive income.”

When an available-for-sale security is sold, a realized gain or loss will be included in net income and, therefore, in comprehensive income. Consequently, the recognition of any unrealized gain or loss for that security that had been included in comprehensive income in an earlier period must be reversed in the current period to avoid including it twice. These adjustments are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income as a reclassification adjustment for gains or losses included in net income.

Segment Disclosure

While the Company’s products and services are all of the nature of commercial banking, the Company has six reportable segments. There are five specific segments: “Community Banking,” “Commercial Banking,” “Refund Programs,” “Fiduciary,” and “Pacific Capital.” The remaining activities of the Company are reported in a segment titled “All Other.” 

Information regarding how the Company determines its segments is provided in Note 26, “Segment Reporting,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s 2003 10-K. This information includes descriptions of the factors used in identifying these segments, the types and services from which revenues for each segment are derived, charges and credits for funds obtained from or provided to other segments, and how the specific measure of profit or loss was selected. Readers of these interim statements are referred to that information to better understand the disclosures for each of the segments in Note 14, “Segment Disclosure.” There have been no changes in the basis of segmentation or in the measurement of segment profit or loss from the description given in the 2003 10-K other than the inclusion of the activities of Pacific Crest Bank, which was acquired in connection with the March 5, 2004 PCCI acquisition. As discussed in Note 14, some of the activities of the former Pacific Crest Bank are included in the Community Banking segment and some in the Pacific Capital segment.

Stock-Based Compensation

GAAP permits the Company to use either of two methods for accounting for compensation cost in connection with employee stock options. The first method—termed the “fair value” method—requires issuers to record compensation expense over the period the options are expected to be outstanding prior to exercise, expiration, or cancellation. The amount of compensation expense to be recognized over this term is the “fair value” of the options at the time of the grant as determined by an option pricing model. The option pricing model computes fair value for the options based on the length of their term, the volatility of the stock price in past periods, and other factors. Under this method, the issuer recognizes compensation expense regardless of whether the officer or director eventually exercises the options.

The second method is termed the “intrinsic value” method. Under this accounting method, if options are granted at an exercise price equal to the market value of the stock at the time of the grant, no compensation expense is recognized. GAAP requires that issuers that elect the second method must present pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the first method had been elected. The Company uses this second method.

10



Had the Company recognized compensation expense over the expected life of the options based on the fair value method as discussed above, the Company’s pro forma salary expense, net income, and earnings per share for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 would have been as follows:

 

 

For the Three-Month
Periods Ended
September 30,

 

For the Nine-month
Periods Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income, as reported

 

$

14,559

 

$

13,257

 

$

73,697

 

$

63,074

 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee
   compensation expense determined under
   fair value based method for all awards,
   net of related tax effects

 

 

(775

)

 

(150

)

 

(1,343

)

 

(449

)

Pro forma net income

 

$

13,784

 

$

13,107

 

$

72,354

 

$

62,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Basic - as reported

 

$

0.32

 

$

0.29

 

$

1.62

 

$

1.38

 

   Basic - pro forma

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.29

 

$

1.59

 

$

1.37

 

   Diluted - as reported

 

$

0.32

 

$

0.29

 

$

1.61

 

$

1.36

 

   Diluted - pro forma

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.29

 

$

1.58

 

$

1.36

 

For purposes of the 2004 computation, the significant assumptions used, computed on a weighted average basis, were:

 

Risk free interest rate:

3.50%

 

Expected life:

4 years for 5-year options, 5 years for 10-year options

 

Expected volatility 4 years:

0.2707

 

Expected volatility 5 years:

0.2634

 

Expected dividend:

$0.72 per year

For purposes of the 2003 computation, the significant assumptions used, computed on a weighted average basis, were:

 

Risk free interest rate:

2.57%

 

Expected life:

4 years for 5-year options, 5 years for 10-year options

 

Expected volatility 4 years:

0.2123

 

Expected volatility 5 years:

0.2250

 

Expected dividend:

$0.63 per year

For the third quarter and first nine months of 2004, had the Company elected the second method of accounting for its stock options, the impact would be to lower its net income by 5.3% and 1.8%, respectively, and fully diluted earnings per share by 6.3% and 1.9%, respectively. These percentages of dilution compare to 1.1% and 0.7% for net income and 0.0% and 0.7% for earnings per share for the corresponding periods of 2003. Options are granted to directors and certain officers of the Company by authorization of the Compensation Committee of the Board. Throughout the year, stock options are issued to new directors and new and promoted employees depending on their job classification throughout the year. The Committee authorizes a broader issuance of options to current employees generally every two years. This broader issuance occurred in the second quarter of 2004 and is the reason for the higher amount of dilution in that quarter compared to the second quarter of 2003.

11



Derivative Instruments

The Company has established policies and procedures to permit limited types and amounts of derivative instruments to help manage its interest rate risk. At various times under this authority, the Company has entered into interest rate swaps to mitigate interest rate risk. Under the terms of these swaps, the Company paid a fixed rate of interest to the counterparty and received a floating rate of interest. Such swaps have the effect of converting fixed rate financial instruments into variable or floating rate instruments. Such swaps may be related to specific instruments or specifically identified pools of instruments—loans, securities, or deposits with similar interest rate characteristics or terms.

The Company has also established policies and procedures to sell derivatives, specifically interest rate swaps, to customers to assist them in managing their interest rate risk. Generally these customers have wanted to protect themselves from rising rates. Depending on the notional amount of the swap, the Company may cover its position with an interest rate swap purchased from another counterparty with equal but opposite terms, thereby “covering” its position, so as not to incur any additional interest rate risk. With smaller transactions that mitigate the Company’s current interest rate risk position, the Company may elect not cover its position. The Company’s policy limits both the individual notional amount and the aggregate notional amount of these covered and uncovered derivatives.

The Company engages in a very small number of foreign exchange contracts with customers. These may be either spot or future contracts. Future contracts are always covered by an offsetting contract with another counterparty so that there is no risk of loss from changes in the relative price of currencies over the term of the contract.

Other types of derivatives are permitted by the Company’s policies, but have not been utilized.

All derivatives are required to be recorded at their current fair value on the balance sheet. Certain derivatives may be designated as either fair value or cash flow accounting hedges and qualify for the deferral of all or a part of changes in their fair value in the basis of the item being hedged or in accumulated other comprehensive income. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not related to specific instruments and do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting are included in net income, within other income or other expense as appropriate.

The swaps sold to customers are not intended to act as a hedge for the Company’s interest rate risk position with respect to the loan. They are intended only to be a hedge by the customer for the customer’s position. Consequently, they do not meet the requirement for hedge accounting. Consequently, changes in the fair value of these hedges are included in the Company’s net income in the period in which the changes occur. Because a derivative may not be used to hedge another derivative, any changes in the fair value of swaps entered into to cover the Company’s position on the customer swaps are also included in net income in the period in which they occur. Because the covering swap will have the same terms as the Company’s swap with the customer, gains and losses will net to no income impact.

Variable Interest Entities

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46”). In effect, FIN 46 applies broader criteria than just voting rights in determining whether a controlling financial interest in one entity by another exists. Specifically, if by design the owners of the entity have not made an equity investment sufficient to absorb its expected losses and the owners lack any one of three essential characteristics of controlling financial interest, the entity is to be consolidated in the financial statements of its primary beneficiary. The three characteristics are the ability to make decisions about the entity’s activities, the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity, and the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity.

The Company has two special-purpose entities used for the securitizations described in Note 8, “Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets.” The special-purpose entity that was used for the indirect auto loan securitization was exempt from this pronouncement because it is a qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”) as described in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (“SFAS 140”) . If this entity were now active, instead of disclosing its rights and obligations related to this QSPE under the provisions of FIN 46, the Company would disclose them under the provisions of SFAS 140.

12



The special-purpose entity used for the tax refund loan securitization is a variable interest entity within the scope of FIN 46, and is consolidated with the Company. In the structure of this securitization, the loans are sold by the special-purpose entity to securitization conduits established by one or more financial institutions to hold a variety of assets purchased from a number of other financial institutions. These conduits are variable interest entities within the scope of FIN 46. However, they hold refund anticipation loans (“RALs”) originated by the Company only during one month of each year. They continue to function during the eleven months of the year holding other types of loans purchased from other financial institutions. Therefore, because it is not the primary beneficiary of them and because it exercises no control over the other assets purchased or held, the Company has concluded that consolidation of these conduits with the Company is not required by FIN 46. While used only during the first quarter of each year, the special purpose entity for RALs remains in place from year to year.

In connection with the March 5, 2004 PCCI acquisition, Bancorp added three business trust subsidiaries which had been originally created by PCCI for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. The three subsidiaries are PCC Trust I, PCC Trust II, and PCC Trust III. The purchasers of the securities are the primary beneficiaries of these entities. Because Bancorp is not the primary beneficiary of these entities, in accordance with FIN 46 they are not consolidated with the Company. However, the Company has included the investments in these subsidiaries in “Other assets” and the subordinated debt owed by the Company to these subsidiaries is included in “Long-term debt and other borrowings” on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. This subordinated debt has exactly the same terms as the trust preferred securities owed by the trusts. In its Consolidated Statements of Income, the Company has reported dividend income from the subsidiaries in “Other income” and interest expense on the subordinated debt in “Other borrowed funds.”

The Company has invested in several partnerships that promote the development of low cost housing by providing incentives in the form of tax credits. The partnerships also help the Company to meet its obligations under the Community Reinvest-ment Act. These partnerships are variable interest entities within the scope of FIN 46 because, as a group, the holders of the equity interests in these entities do not have the direct or indirect ability to make decisions about the entities’ activities through voting rights or similar rights. In certain partnerships, the Company holds more than 50% of the limited partners’ interests and would be regarded as the primary beneficiary. However, if the other partners’ shares of the total assets and liabilities were to be consolidated with the assets and liabilities of the Company, the effect on the balance sheet of the Company would be immaterial. In addition, the liabilities of these partnerships are nonrecourse to the Company. Because of the immateriality, the Company has chosen not to consolidate these partnerships. Where the Company’s interest only slightly exceeds 50%, it has initiated steps with the promoter to sell its interests to an amount below 50% at the time of acquisition.

Management does not believe that the Company is the primary beneficiary of any other such entities such that consolidation with the Company’s financial statements would be required by GAAP.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123 (“SFAS 148”). Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), permitted two methods of accounting for stock options granted to employees. Because information for prior years was not readily available when SFAS 123 was adopted, only prospective application was permitted. That is, companies adopting the “fair value” method recommended by SFAS 123 were not permitted to restate prior year results as if the statement had been adopted as of the earliest year presented in the financial statements.

SFAS 148 permitted companies voluntarily changing to the “fair value” method to choose between the current prospective transition method and two other transition approaches if the change occurred in 2003. After 2003, companies voluntarily changing to the “fair value” method must use one of the two new transition approaches. The Company is still considering whether to change to the “fair value” method, and, if so, the appropriate way in the valuation of the options to address the absence of the transferability of the options that is assumed in the standard valuation models. Because it did not adopt the “fair value” method in 2003, should it elect to later adopt that method, the Company will be required to use one of the two new transition approaches specified in SFAS 148.

In April 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 149”). The provisions of SFAS 149 amend and clarify financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments. The changes in SFAS 149 improve financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. In particular, SFAS 149 (1) clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative discussed in paragraph 6(b) of SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities; (2) clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component; (3) amends the definition of an underlying financial instrument to conform it to language used in FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others; and (4) amends certain other existing pronouncements. Those changes are intended to result in more consistent reporting of contracts as either derivatives or hybrid instruments. Included within the scope of these pronouncements are mortgage loans originated for sale. The Company does sell some of the mortgage loans that it originates, but there are no commitments to sell and the Company only makes the decision after the loans are originated. Consequently, it has not recorded these as loans originated for sale.

13



In general, SFAS 149 was effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003.  The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150 Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity (“SFAS 150”). This statement requires that an issuer classify financial instruments that are within its scope as a liability. Many of these instruments would have been classified as equity under previous guidance. Most of the guidance in SFAS 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. For the Company, (with the exception of its application to certain mandatorily redeemable financial instruments), the effective date was July 1, 2003. The Company holds no such financial instruments and the implementation of SFAS 150 had no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

With respect to certain mandatorily redeemable financial instruments, the effective date was the first fiscal period beginning after December 15, 2003. The Company has not issued any mandatorily redeemable instruments, and as a result, implementation on January 1, 2004 did not impact the Company.

In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position 03-3 (“SOP 03-3”). SOP 03-3 requires loans that are acquired in a transfer or business combination, the credit quality of which has deteriorated since origination, to be accounted for at fair value. No allowance for loan losses or other valuation allowance is permitted at the time of acquisition. Valuation allowances should reflect only losses incurred after the acquisition. Provisions of the SOP are required to be adopted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect to adopt SOP 03-3 prior to January 1, 2005, and accordingly, recognized and added $6.1 million to the allowance for loan losses in connection with the March 5, 2004 acquisition of PCCI.

In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (“SFAS 132-R”). SFAS 132R requires additional disclosures about defined benefit plans. The Company’s pension plans are defined contribution plans and are not included in the scope of this statement. Only the Company’s postretirement health plan is a defined benefit plan. The implementation of SFAS 132R did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. The quarterly disclosure required by SFAS 132 R is presented in Note 10.

The Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) was established by the FASB to provide prompt resolution of certain specialized accounting issues. In 2003, the EITF addressed the issue of how to measure and account for the other than temporary impairment of securities. The EITF reached a consensus that was described in a document entitled, Issue No. 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments (“Issue 03-1”). Issue 03-1 defined impairment as the amount by which the cost of an investment (adjusted for the amortization of premium and the accretion of discount) exceeded the fair value of the investment.

Issue 03-1 requires that an investor write-down through a charge to income any other than temporary impairment of a security unless the investor has both the ability and intent to hold the maturity until recovery of the cost of the investment is assured. No distinction was made by the EITF between the treatment of other than temporary impairment due to credit concerns and that due to changes in interest rates. It also indicated that a pattern of sales of securities that were impaired because of interest rate reasons would taint the assertion by management that it had the intent to hold until recovery.

In September 2004, the FASB issued a pronouncement that it would re-examine the issue and that the provisions in the preceding paragraph would be held in abeyance until it could reach a conclusion.

The Company does not hold any securities that it believes to be other than temporarily impaired due to credit concerns. As disclosed in Note 4, it does hold some securities for which the fair value is less than the amortized cost due to changes in interest rates. The Company has sometimes sold such securities (and did so in the second and third quarters of 2004) because Management believes that such sales prevent a large build up of imbedded losses that would reduce liquidity and income.

The Company sold some securities at a loss in both the third and fourth quarters of 2004 prior to the filing of its quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the preceding quarter. In the judgment of Management, these sales and the resulting losses were immaterial.

14



The Company will consider how this practice will be impacted by the provisions of whatever pronouncement is issued by the FASB.

2.          BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

On March 5, 2004, the Company acquired Pacific Crest Capital, Inc. (“PCCI”) in an all cash transaction valued at $136 million, or $26 per each diluted share of Pacific Crest Capital common stock. PCCI was an Agoura Hills, California-based bank holding company that conducted business through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Pacific Crest Bank, which had three branches located in Beverly Hills, Encino and San Diego. Since its establishment in 1974, Pacific Crest Bank had operated as a specialized business bank serving small businesses, entrepreneurs and investors. Its products include customized loans on income producing real estate, business loans under the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) 7(a) and 504 programs, lines of credit and term loans to businesses and professionals, and savings and checking account programs. Pacific Crest Bank was an SBA-designated “Preferred Lender” in California, Arizona and Oregon. In addition to three branches, it operated six loan production offices in California and Oregon. The Company acquired PCCI primarily for its commercial real estate and SBA commercial business lending operations. The Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income include the operations of PCCI from March 6, 2004 through September 30, 2004. The Company acquired $131 million in investment securities, $412 million in loans, $282 million in deposits, and other assets and liabilities in this transaction. The excess of the purchase price over the net fair value of the assets and liabilities, $79.2 million was recognized as goodwill as discussed in Note 7, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

The following table presents pro forma combined information about results of operation as though the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2003.

 

 

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2004

 

January 1,
2004
Through
March 5,
2004

 

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2004

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

(dollars in thousands
   except per share amounts)

 

Pacific Capital
Bancorp

 

Pacific
Crest

 

ProForma
Combined

 

Pacific Capital
Bancorp

 

Pacific
Crest

 

ProForma
Combined

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

$

312,019

 

 

 

$

7,996

 

 

 

$

320,015

 

 

 

$

277,246

 

 

$

10,762

 

$

288,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before extraordinary    items and the cumulative    effect of accounting changes

 

 

$

73,697

 

 

 

$

1,694

 

 

 

$

75,391

 

 

 

$

63,074

 

 

$

2,115

 

$

65,189

 

Net income

 

 

$

73,697

 

 

 

$

1,694

 

 

 

$

75,391

 

 

 

$

63,074

 

 

$

2,115

 

$

65,189

 

Earnings per share - diluted

 

 

$

1.61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1.65

 

 

 

$

1.36

 

 

 

 

 

$

1.41

 

There were no extraordinary items or cumulative effects of accounting changes in the periods reported above for either company. The following nonrecurring items (pre-tax) are included in the Pacific Crest column in the above table for the period of January 1 through March 5, 2004 (in thousands):

 

Compensation cost to buy out stock options
   including payroll tax expense

 

$

3,680

 

 

Investment banking fees

 

 

1,018

 

 

Legal expenses

 

 

172

 

 

Other costs related to the acquisition.

 

 

193

 

 

 

 



 

 

Total

 

$

5,063

 

 

 

 



 

There were no material nonrecurring items included in the Company operating results for the first nine months of 2004 related to the acquisition other than the payment of the consideration

15



3.          EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings per share for all periods presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income are computed based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share include the effect of the potential issuance of common shares. For the Company, these include only shares issuable on the exercise of outstanding stock options. Stock options with an exercise price greater than the average market price during the period have been excluded from the computations below because they are anti-dilutive.

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2004 and 2003, was as follows (share, option, and net income amounts in thousands):

 

 

Three-month Periods

 

Nine-month Periods

 

 

 


 


 

(share and net income amounts
in thousands)

 

Basic
Earnings
Per Share

 

Diluted
Earnings
Per Share

 

Basic
Earnings
Per Share

 

Diluted
Earnings
Per Share

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Period ended September 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator -- Net Income

 

 

$

14,559

 

 

 

$

14,559

 

 

 

$

73,697

 

 

 

$

73,697

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator -- weighted average
   shares outstanding

 

 

 

45,615

 

 

 

 

45,615

 

 

 

 

45,485

 

 

 

 

45,485

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plus:  net shares issued in assumed
   stock option exercises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Diluted denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,943

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share

 

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

$

1.62

 

 

 

$

1.61

 

 

Anti-dilutive options excluded

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period ended September 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator -- Net Income

 

 

$

13,257

 

 

 

$

13,257

 

 

 

$

63,074

 

 

 

$

63,074

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator -- weighted average
   shares outstanding

 

 

 

45,495

 

 

 

 

45,495

 

 

 

 

45,775

 

 

 

 

45,775

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plus:  net shares issued in assumed
   stock option exercises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

412

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Diluted denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,217

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share

 

 

$

0.29

 

 

 

$

0.29

 

 

 

$

1.38

 

 

 

$

1.36

 

 

Anti-dilutive options excluded

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

 

16



4.          SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

The amortized historical cost, market values and gross unrealized gains and losses of securities are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     U.S. Treasury obligations

 

$

112,951

 

 

$

791

 

 

 

$

(253

)

 

$

113,489

 

     U.S. agency obligations

 

 

199,696

 

 

 

2,649

 

 

 

 

(272

)

 

 

202,073

 

     Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

18,329

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

18,377

 

     Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

904,478

 

 

 

4,915

 

 

 

 

(8,777

)

 

 

900,616

 

     Asset-backed securities

 

 

24,230

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

 

(71

)

 

 

24,317

 

     State and municipal securities

 

 

184,856

 

 

 

22,375

 

 

 

 

(518

)

 

 

206,713

 

 

 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

 

 

$

1,444,540

 

 

$

30,957

 

 

 

$

(9,912

)

 

$

1,465,585

 

 

 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2003

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Estimated
Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     U.S. Treasury obligations

 

$

119,938

 

 

$

2,114

 

 

 

$

(33

)

 

$

122,019

 

     U.S. agency obligations

 

 

207,020

 

 

 

5,918

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

212,919

 

     Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

12,327

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

 

(183

)

 

 

12,227

 

     Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

737,929

 

 

 

2,787

 

 

 

 

(7,211

)

 

 

733,505

 

     Asset-backed securities

 

 

26,804

 

 

 

227

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,031

 

     State and municipal securities

 

 

191,845

 

 

 

19,528

 

 

 

 

(1,112

)

 

 

210,261

 

 

 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

 

 

$

1,295,863

 

 

$

30,657

 

 

 

$

(8,558

)

 

$

1,317,962

 

 

 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

Gains or losses may be realized on securities in the available-for-sale portfolio if the Company sells any of these securities in response to changes in interest rates or for other reasons related to the management of the components of the balance sheet.

The fair value of securities can change due to credit concerns, i.e. whether the issuer will in fact be able to pay the obligation when due, and due to changes in interest rates. All of the securities held by the Company are classified as available for sale, and all are therefore carried at their fair value. However, as explained Note 1, adjustments to the carrying amount for changes in fair value for securities classified as available-for-sale are not recorded in the Company’s income statement. Instead, the after-tax effect of the change is shown in a special component of capital. Consequently, as shown in the first table in this note, there are unrealized gains and losses related to the securities held by the Company. The amount of unrealized losses at September 30, 2004 has increased $1.4 million from December 31, 2003. All of this increase is due to changes in interest rates and to the growth in the portfolio.

The following table discloses securities balances by category that are at an unrealized loss at September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003 and the range of duration of the loss. Included in the table are 73 securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than a year and 50 securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for more than one year. There are no credit concerns regarding any of these securities and consequently the Company has no reason to believe that the full par value of the securities will not be received. The Company has concluded that none of these securities is other than temporarily impaired.

17




 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 

As of September 30, 2004
(dollars in thousands)

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury/US Agencies

 

$

91,788

 

 

$

(525

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

91,788

 

 

$

(525

)

 

Federal Agency Mortgage
   Backed Securities

 

 

325,017

 

 

 

(3,253

)

 

 

259,738

 

 

 

(5,524

)

 

 

584,755

 

 

 

(8,777

)

 

Municipal Bonds

 

 

7,354

 

 

 

(117

)

 

 

8,209

 

 

 

(401

)

 

 

15,563

 

 

 

(518

)

 

Asset backed Securities

 

 

9,529

 

 

 

(71

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,529

 

 

 

(71

)

 

Private CMO

 

 

7,139

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,139

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 

     Subtotal, Debt Securities

 

 

440,827

 

 

 

(3,987

)

 

 

267,947

 

 

 

(5,925

)

 

 

708,774

 

 

 

(9,912

)

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 

     Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

440,827

 

 

$

(3,987

)

 

$

267,947

 

 

$

(5,925

)

 

$

708,774

 

 

$

(9,912

)

 

 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 

As of December 31, 2003
(dollars in thousands)

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
Loss

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury/US Agencies

 

$

21,032

 

 

$  

(52

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

21,032

 

 

$

(52

)

 

Federal Agency Mortgage
   Backed Securities

 

 

514,653

 

 

 

(7,212

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

514,653

 

 

 

(7,212

)

 

Municipal Bonds

 

 

30,933

 

 

 

(1,112

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,933

 

 

 

(1,112

)

 

Asset backed Securities

 

 

9,011

 

 

 

(182

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,011

 

 

 

(182

)

 

 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 

     Subtotal, Debt Securities

 

 

575,629

 

 

 

(8,558

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

575,629

 

 

 

(8,558

)

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 

     Total temporarily impaired securities

 

$

575,629

 

 

$

(8,558

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

575,629

 

 

$

(8,558

)

 

 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 

The amortized historical cost and estimated market value of debt securities by contractual maturity are shown below. The issuers of certain of the securities have the right to call or prepay obligations before the contractual maturity date. Depending on the contractual terms of the security, the Company may receive a call or prepayment penalty in such instances. As of December 31, 2003, the Company classified all of its investment securities as available-for-sale.

(dollars in thousands)

 

September 30, 2004

 

December 31, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Available-
for-Sale

 

Available-
for-Sale

 

 

 


 


 

Amortized cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     In one year or less

 

 

$

125,188

 

 

 

$

98,316

 

 

     After one year through five years

 

 

 

830,961

 

 

 

 

549,220

 

 

     After five years through ten years

 

 

 

288,148

 

 

 

 

341,054

 

 

     After ten years

 

 

 

200,243

 

 

 

 

307,273

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

     Total Securities

 

 

$

1,444,540

 

 

 

$

1,295,863

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     In one year or less

 

 

$

126,355

 

 

 

$

99,542

 

 

     After one year through five years

 

 

 

830,997

 

 

 

 

556,563

 

 

     After five years through ten years

 

 

 

290,879

 

 

 

 

342,757

 

 

     After ten years

 

 

 

217,354

 

 

 

 

319,100

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

     Total Securities

 

 

$

1,465,585

 

 

 

$

1,317,962

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

18



5.          LOANS AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

Loan Categories

The balances in the various loan categories are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

September 30,
2003

 

 

 


 


 


 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Residential - 1 to 4 family

 

 

$

863,805

 

 

 

$

799,793

 

 

 

$

767,521

 

 

     Non-residential and
        multi-family residential

 

 

 

1,281,030

 

 

 

 

853,981

 

 

 

 

860,523

 

 

     Construction

 

 

 

280,086

 

 

 

 

249,976

 

 

 

 

230,183

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

 

778,894

 

 

 

 

680,679

 

 

 

 

654,774

 

 

Home equity loans

 

 

 

194,039

 

 

 

 

138,422

 

 

 

 

128,053

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

290,874

 

 

 

 

296,286

 

 

 

 

274,567

 

 

Tax refund loans

 

 

 

1,412

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leases

 

 

 

210,835

 

 

 

 

148,504

 

 

 

 

139,620

 

 

Municipal tax-exempt obligations

 

 

 

14,405

 

 

 

 

11,419

 

 

 

 

11,590

 

 

Other loans

 

 

 

2,565

 

 

 

 

1,819

 

 

 

 

2,604

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

     Total loans

 

 

 

3,917,945

 

 

 

 

3,180,879

 

 

 

 

3,069,435

 

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

 

52,169

 

 

 

 

49,550

 

 

 

 

52,991

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Net loans

 

 

$

3,865,776

 

 

 

$

3,131,329

 

 

 

$

3,016,444

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

The loan balances at September 30, 2004, December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2003 are net of approximately $7.1 million, $5.4 million, and $4.9 million respectively, in deferred net loan fees. The leases reported in the table above are fully-financed capital leases of commercial equipment. The Company is not in the business of automobile leasing.

Municipal tax-exempt obligations are loans to cities and special districts. These obligations are not bonded as are the municipal obligations in the securities portfolio.

Market Value Adjustment for PCCI Loans

Included in the total for loans is the market value adjustment related to the loans acquired from PCCI in the March 2004 acquisition. The amount of this adjustment was $6.4 million at the time of the acquisition. Because the amount that will be collected on these loans is not impacted by this adjustment, it must be amortized against interest income over the estimated lives of the loans so that the amount of the loans reported as outstanding at the time of payment equals the amount to be paid. Amortization expense on this adjustment through the end of the third quarter of 2004 was $965,000. Estimated amortization expense for the remainder of 2004, for the next three years, and thereafter is as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

 

Year

 

Amortization
Expense

 

Remainder of

 

2004

 

 

$

875

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

$

1,165

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

$

882

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

$

740

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

$

1,261

 

 

19



Impaired Loan Information

The following table discloses balance information about the impaired loans and the related allowance as of September 30, 2004, December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2003:

(dollars in thousands)

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

September 30,
2003

 

 

 


 


 


 

Loans identified as impaired

 

 

$

39,740

 

 

 

$

57,355

 

 

 

$

44,279

 

 

Impaired loans for which a valuation
allowance has been established

 

 

$

6,118

 

 

 

$

25,789

 

 

 

$

41,793

 

 

Amount of valuation allowance
for impaired loans

 

 

$

2,872

 

 

 

$

9,047

 

 

 

$

17,941

 

 

Impaired loans for which no valuation
allowance has been established

 

 

$

33,622

 

 

 

$

31,566

 

 

 

$

2,486

 

 

The following table discloses additional information about impaired loans for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2004 and 2003:

(dollars in thousands)

 

Three-month Periods
Ended September 30,

 

Nine-month Periods
Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Average amount of recorded investment
   in impaired loans for the period

 

$

37,347

 

 

$

41,796

 

 

$

43,810

 

 

$

46,969

 

 

Interest recognized during the period for
   impaired loans

 

$

207

 

 

$

286

 

 

$

472

 

 

$

298

 

 

Included among the impaired loans reported as of June 30, 2004 were three loans that had been made to one borrower. The loans were secured by certain contractual rights used by the borrower in its business. They had been partially charged-off because of uncertainty of collection. The recorded amount was $1.18 million after the partial charge-off. During the third quarter of 2004, the Company was able to conclude a sale of these notes. Proceeds from the sale were $2.85 million. The excess of the proceeds over the recorded amount was recorded as a recovery and credited to the allowance for credit losses in the third quarter of 2004.

20



The valuation allowance for impaired loans of $2.9 million as of September 30, 2004 is included within the allowance for credit losses of $51.9 million in the “All Other Loans” column in the statement of changes in the allowance account as of September 30, 2004 shown below. The amounts related to tax refund anticipation loans and to all other loans are shown separately.


(dollars in thousands)

 

All Other
Loans

 

Tax Refund
Loans

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2004:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2003

 

 

$

49,550

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

49,550

 

Addition from PCCI acquisition

 

 

 

6,146

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,146

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

2,107

 

 

 

 

8,954

 

 

 

11,061

 

Credit losses charged against allowance

 

 

 

(13,185

)

 

 

 

(12,511

)

 

 

(25,696

)

Recoveries added to allowance

 

 

 

7,262

 

 

 

 

3,846

 

 

 

11,108

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

Balance, September 30, 2004

 

 

$

51,880

 

 

 

$

289

 

 

$

52,169

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

For the quarter ended September 30, 2004:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance June 30, 2004

 

 

$

48,088

 

 

 

$

288

 

 

$

48,376

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

2,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,740

 

Credit losses charged against allowance

 

 

 

(2,514

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,514

)

Recoveries added to allowance

 

 

 

3,566

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3,567

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

Balance, September 30, 2004

 

 

$

51,880

 

 

 

$

289

 

 

$

52,169

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2003:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2002

 

 

$

53,821

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

53,821

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

7,397

 

 

 

 

9,508

 

 

 

16,905

 

Credit losses charged against allowance

 

 

 

(13,250

)

 

 

 

(13,712

)

 

 

(26,962

)

Recoveries added to allowance

 

 

 

5,023

 

 

 

 

4,204

 

 

 

9,227

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

Balance, September 30, 2003

 

 

$

52,991

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

52,991

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

For the quarter ended September 30, 2003:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance June 30, 2003

 

 

$

50,031

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

50,031

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

4,288

 

 

 

 

(1,635

)

 

 

2,653

 

Credit losses charged against allowance

 

 

 

(2,774

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,774

)

Recoveries added to allowance

 

 

 

1,446

 

 

 

 

1,635

 

 

 

3,081

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

Balance, September 30, 2003

 

 

$

52,991

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

52,991

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

6.          OTHER ASSETS

Included in “Other assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, are deferred tax assets net of deferred tax liabilities of $17.9 million and $19.4 million, respectively. Deferred tax assets represent the tax impact of expenses recognized as tax deductible for the financial statements that have not been deducted in the Company’s tax returns or taxable income reported on a return that has not been recognized in the financial statements as income. Changes in the amount are primarily related to provision for credit losses expense. The Company cannot necessarily deduct its provision for credit losses expense in its tax return in the same year in which it is recognized for financial statements. Provision for credit losses expense is deductible for income tax purposes only as loans are actually charged-off.

7.          GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The balance of goodwill at September 30, 2004 was $109.2 million, that is comprised of $79.2 million related to the PCCI March 5, 2004 acquisition and $30.0 million related to previous acquisitions as explained in Note 1. Goodwill is allocated to the unit(s) of the acquired company that are deemed by Management to have provided the value in the acquisition. PCCI was acquired primarily for the lending units. In the case of the prior purchases, the perceived value was in the deposit relationships and the consumer and small business lending. The goodwill arising from the PCCI acquisition is recorded in the “Pacific Capital” segment, which represents the former PCCI lending units, while the remaining goodwill is recorded on the “Community Banking” segment which includes the Company’s deposit activities and consumer and small business lending. Goodwill is not amortized but is periodically reviewed for impairment as discussed in Note 1.

21



Also recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2004 is approximately $6.0 million in other intangible assets. This figure includes $1.5 million in loan servicing rights, some of which are related to the PCCI acquisition, as discussed in Note 8, “Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets,” and an intangible asset of $4.5 million related to both the purchase of certain of the assets and liabilities of two branches from another financial institution and to the value of core deposits acquired with PCCI. The $4.5 million is recorded in the “Community Banking” segment. The portion related to PCCI is being amortized over 12 years. The portion related to the two branches is being amortized over 5 years.

Amortization expense for the remainder of 2004, over the next three years, and thereafter on this core deposit intangible and the other minor intangibles is expected to be:

(dollars in thousands)

 

Year

 

Amortization
Expense

 

 

 


 


 

Remainder of

 

 

2004

 

 

$

326

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

$

1,266

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

$

1,074

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

$

352

 

 

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

$

1,491

 

 


8.          TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

Indirect Auto Securitization

During the first quarter of 2001, the Bank securitized $58.2 million in automobile loans resulting in a gain on sale of approximately $566,000. Retained interest held by the Bank upon completion of this securitization was $3.5 million. The transaction was conducted through the SBB&T Automobile Loan Securitization Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank.

The terms of the securitization permitted the Company to repurchase the remaining loans once the outstanding balance was less than 10% of the original amount sold. In April, 2004, the Company exercised this option to repurchase the remaining loans, and they are now reported along with other consumer loans in the first Table in Note 5. SBBT Automobile Loan Securitization Corporation is currently inactive.

Refund Anticipation Loan Securitization

The Company established a special purpose subsidiary corporation in November 2000 named SBB&T RAL Funding Corporation. During the first quarters of 2003 and 2004 the Company sold RALs through this special purpose entity into a multi-seller conduits owned by other financial institutions. The conduits are backed by commercial paper. The Company acted as the servicer for all such RALs during the securitization periods. By March 31, 2003 and 2004, all loans sold into the securitization earlier in the respective quarters were either repaid or charged-off, and no securitization-related balances remained during the subsequent quarters of these years.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company sells some of the residential mortgages it originates and for most of these sold loans servicing is retained. As of September 30, 2004, the Company serviced $ 81.8 million in residential loans for investors. The Company receives a fee for this service. The right to receive this fee for performing servicing (mortgage servicing rights or “MSR”) is of value to the Company and could be sold should the Company choose to do so. The rights are recorded at the net present value of the fees that will be collected, less estimated servicing cost, which approximates fair value. The capitalized fees are amortized against noninterest revenue over the expected lives of the loans. The longer the period of time over which the fees will be collected, the more valuable they are. Prepayment by the borrowers of these loans reduces the value of the MSR because the Company will not receive servicing fees for as long as it would if the loans were paid back over the original terms.

22



Because the rate at which consumers prepay their loans is impacted by changes in interest rates – prepayments increase as rates fall, and decrease as rates rise – the value of the MSRs changes with changes in interest rates. Changes in the value are reflected in financial statements by adjustments to a valuation allowance offsetting the asset and by changes or credits to noninterest revenue. Adjustments have been made to the valuations allowance almost each quarter since then. The Company increased the valuation allowance of the servicing rights by approximately $75,000 during the third quarter of 2004 due to a decline in prepayments. The value of the MSR at September 30, 2004 was $639,000, net of an allowance of $176,000.

Other Loan Servicing Rights

In connection with the March 5, 2004 PCCI acquisition, the Company obtained a non-mortgage servicing asset of $866,000. This asset was created by PCCI’s sales of SBA 7(a) commercial business loans, whereby PCCI sold the guaranteed portion of such loans and retained the servicing, for which it received servicing fees. The servicing asset was recorded at the present value of the excess of the contractual fees that will be collected over the estimated cost of servicing the loans. As with MSR, prepayments by the borrowers on the underlying loans reduce the value of the servicing asset. The servicing asset is amortized against noninterest revenue over the expected lives of the underlying loans. The amount of the SBA 7(a) loans sold and serviced by the Company at September 30, 2004 was $37.2 million, and the amount of the unamortized servicing rights was $813,000.

Servicing rights may be purchased from another institution that originates loans or from another entity that services loans. Aside from the rights acquired as part of the acquisition of PCCI, the Company has never purchased such rights.

9.          LONG-TERM DEBT AND OTHER BORROWINGS 

Long-term debt and other borrowings included the following items:

(dollars in thousands)

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

 

 


 


 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

$

639,471

 

 

 

$

380,100

 

 

Treasury Tax & Loan amounts due to Federal Reserve Bank

 

 

 

6,549

 

 

 

 

8,448

 

 

Subordinated debt issued by the Bank

 

 

 

71,000

 

 

 

 

71,000

 

 

Senior debt issued by the Bancorp

 

 

 

37,000

 

 

 

 

40,000

 

 

Subordinated debt issued by the Bancorp

 

 

 

31,147

 

 

 

 

 

 

FAS 13 capital lease liability

 

 

 

7,655

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Total

 

 

$

792,822

 

 

 

$

499,548

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

The “Subordinated debt issued by Bancorp” was assumed in connection with the March 5, 2004 PCCI acquisition. This debt is owed to the three business trust subsidiaries of Bancorp that were added in the PCCI acquisition and is comprised of the following: $13,750,000 owed to PCC Trust I, $6,190,000 owed to PCC Trust II, and $10,310,000 owed to PCC Trust III. Each of the three pieces of this subordinated debt will mature in 2033, but is callable by the Company in part or in total in 2008. The PCC Trust I debt has a fixed interest rate of 6.335% until 2008, after which the interest rate will float and reset quarterly at the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.25%. The PCC Trust II debt has a fixed interest rate of 6.58% until 2008, after which the interest rate will float and reset quarterly at the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.15%. The PCC Trust III debt has a fixed interest rate of 6.80% until 2008, after which the interest rate will float and reset quarterly at the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.10%.

As of September 30, 2004, the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances had the following maturities: $194 million in 1 year or less; $334 million in 1 to 3 years, and $111 million in more than 3 years. The senior debt is due in July 2006. Of the subordinated debt issued by the Bank, $36 million is due in July 2011 and $35 million is due in December 2013. The Treasury Tax and Loan notes are due on demand.

23



The capital lease obligation was incurred when the Company obtained the master lease on a shopping center in which one of its branch offices is located. The lease calls for monthly payments through 2038. The implied interest rate is 5.89%. The capital lease obligation is for the buildings on the property. The Company also leases the land under an operating lease. The buildings are valued at $7.66 million as of September 30, 2004. The amortization of these buildings is included with depreciation expense.

10.          OTHER POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH BENEFITS

All eligible retirees may obtain health insurance coverage through the Company’s Retiree Health Plan (“the Plan”). The coverage is provided through the basic coverage plan provided for current employees. Based on a formula involving date of retirement, age at retirement, and years of service prior to retirement, the Plan provides that the Company will pay a portion of the health insurance premium for the retiree. Though the premiums for a retiree’s health coverage are not paid until after the employee retires, the Company is required to recognize the cost of those benefits as they are earned rather than when paid. The Plan is described in detail in Note 14 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2003 10-K.

The commitment the Company has made to provide these benefits results in an obligation that must be recognized in the financial statements. This obligation, termed the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (“APBO”), is the actuarial net present value of the obligation for: (1) already retired employees’ expected postretirement benefits; and (2) the portion of the expected postretirement benefit obligation earned to date by current employees. The net present value is that amount which if compounded at an assumed interest rate would equal the amount expected to be paid in the future.

The increase in the APBO for the benefits being earned each year, is recognized through a charge to income called the Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost (the “NPPBC”). The various components of the NPPBC are explained in the 2003 10-K.

The amount of NPPBC recognized in the three and nine-month periods ending September 30, 2004 and 2003 are disclosed in the following table.

 

 

For the Three
Month Periods
Ended September 30,

 

For the Nine
Month Periods
Ended September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Service cost

 

 

$

366

 

 

 

$

248

 

 

 

$

1,097

 

 

 

$

743

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

 

199

 

 

 

 

167

 

 

 

 

596

 

 

 

 

500

 

 

Return on assets

 

 

 

(97

)

 

 

 

(73

)

 

 

 

(292

)

 

 

 

(218

)

 

Amortization of unrecognized
transition obligation or transition
asset

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized gains or (losses)

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

Prior service cost recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain or (loss) recognized due to a
settlement or curtailment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Total

 

 

$

551

 

 

 

$

409

 

 

 

$

1,649

 

 

 

$

1,225

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

During the first nine months of 2004, Company contributed $2.0 million to the Voluntary Employee Benefit Association (“VEBA”) that the Company established to hold the funds for the Plan. Of this amount, $1.0 million of the contribution was for the 2003 plan year and $1.0 million contributed during the third quarter of 2004 was for the 2004 plan year.

24



11.          COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Matters

The Company is a defendant in a class action lawsuit brought on behalf of persons who entered into a refund anticipation loan application and agreement (the “RAL Agreement”) with the Company from whose tax refund the Company deducted a debt owed by the applicant to another RAL lender. The lawsuit was filed on March 18, 2003 in the Superior Court in San Francisco, California as Canieva Hood and Congress of California Seniors v. Santa Barbara Bank & Trust, Pacific Capital Bank, N.A., and Jackson-Hewitt, Inc. The Company is a party to a separate cross-collection agreement with each of the other RAL lenders by which it agrees to collect sums due to those other lenders on delinquent RALs by deducting those sums from tax refunds due to its RAL customers and remitting those funds to the RAL lender to whom the debt is owed. This cross-collection procedure is disclosed in the RAL Agreement with the RAL customer and is specifically authorized and agreed to by the customer. The plaintiff does not contest the validity of the debt, but contends that the cross-collection is illegal and requests damages on behalf of the class, injunctive relief against the Company, restitution of sums collected, punitive damages and attorneys’ fees. Venue for this suit has been changed to Santa Barbara. The Company believes that there is no merit to the claims made in this action and intends to vigorously defend itself.

The Company is a defendant in a class action lawsuit brought on behalf of persons who entered into a refund transfer application and agreement (the “RT Agreement”) with the Company from whose tax refund the Company deducted a debt owed by the applicant to another RAL lender. The lawsuit was filed on May 13, 2003 in the Superior Court in San Francisco, California as Alana Clark, Judith Silverstine, and David Shelton v. Santa Barbara Bank & Trust. The cross-collection procedures mentioned in the description above of the Hood case is also disclosed in the RT Agreement with each RT customer and is specifically authorized and agreed to by the customers. The plaintiffs do not contest the validity of the debt, but contend that the cross-collection is illegal and request damages on behalf of the class, injunctive relief against the Company, restitution of sums collected, punitive damages and attorneys’ fees. The Company filed a motion for a change in venue from San Francisco to Santa Barbara. The plaintiffs’ legal counsel stipulated to the change in venue. Thereafter, the plaintiffs have dismissed the complaint without prejudice. The plaintiffs have filed a new complaint in San Francisco limited to a single cause of action alleging a violation of the California Consumer Legal Remedies Act. The Company believes that there is no merit to the claims made in this action and intends to vigorously defend itself.

The Company is a defendant in a class action law suit brought on behalf of residents of the State of New York who engaged Jackson Hewitt, Inc (“JHI”) to provide tax preparation services and who through JHI entered into an agreement with the Company to receive a RAL. JHI is also a defendant. The lawsuit was filed on June 18, 2004, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York as Myron Benton v. Jackson Hewitt, Inc. and Santa Barbara Bank & Trust Co. As part of the RAL documentation, the customer receives and signs a disclosure form which discloses that the Company may share a portion of the federal refund processing fee and finance charge with JHI. The plaintiffs allege that the failure of JHI and the Company to disclose the specific amount of the fee which JHI receives is unlawful and request damages on behalf of the class, injunctive relief, punitive damages and attorneys’ fees. The Company believes that there is no merit to the claims made in this action and intends to vigorously defend itself.

The Company is involved in various litigation of a routine nature which is being handled and defended in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. Expenses are being incurred in connection with defending the Company, but in the opinion of Management, based in part on consultation with legal counsel, the resolution of this litigation will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Securities and Loans Pledged as Collateral

Securities totaling approximately $1.16 billion and $1.12 billion at September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively, were pledged to secure public funds, trust deposits, bankruptcy deposits, treasury tax and loan deposits, FHLB advances, customer repurchase agreements, and other borrowings as required or permitted by law.

Loans secured by first trust deeds on residential and commercial property of $649.6 million and $585 million at September 30, 2004 and December 31,2003, respectively, were pledged to the FHLB as security for borrowings.

25



Letters of Credit and Other Contractual Commitments

In order to meet the financing needs of its customers in the normal course of business, the Company is a party to financial instruments with “off-balance sheet” risk. These financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of material covenants indicating economic deterioration inconsistent with further lending. The Company sometimes charges fees in connection with loan commitments. Standby letters of credit are irrevocable commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance or support the debt of a customer to a third party. The Company charges a fee for these letters of credit.

The standby letters of credit involve, to varying degrees, exposure to credit risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. This risk arises from the possibility of the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of a contract or to pay contracted amounts to the third party. In such a situation the third party might draw on the standby letter of credit to pay for completion of the contract or the payment of the contracted amount and the Company would have to look to its customer to repay these funds to the Company with interest. To minimize the risk, the Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it would for a loan to that customer. The decision as to whether collateral should be required is based on the circumstances of each specific commitment or conditional obligation. Because of these practices, Management does not anticipate that any unplanned for and unprovided for losses will arise from such draws, unless there are significant changes in the financial condition of the customers since the evaluation of the condition was performed by the Bank.

Changes in market rates of interest for those few commitments and undisbursed loans which have fixed rates of interest represent a possible cause of loss because of the contractual requirement to lend money at a rate that is no longer as great as the market rate at the time the loan is funded. To minimize this risk, if rates are quoted in a commitment, they are generally stated in relation to the Company’s prime or base lending rate, or to another external index. These rates and indices vary with prevailing market interest rates. Fixed-rate loan commitments are not usually made for more than three months.

Consumer lines of credit consist primarily of home equity lines of credit and overdraft protection lines.

The maximum non-discounted exposure to credit risk is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The majority of the commitments are for one year or less. The majority of the credit lines and commitments may be with-drawn by the Company subject to applicable legal requirements. As of September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, the contractual notional amounts and the maturity of these instruments are as follows:

 

 

As of September 30, 2004

 

As of
December 31,
2003

 

 

 


 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Less than
one year

 

One to
three years

 

Three to
five years

 

More than
five years

 

Total

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Commercial lines of credit

 

$

273,477

 

 

$

122,279

 

 

 

$

43,137

 

 

 

$

64,140

 

 

$

503,033

 

 

$

455,991

 

 

Consumer lines of credit

 

 

3,529

 

 

 

5,271

 

 

 

 

8,709

 

 

 

 

211,806

 

 

 

229,315

 

 

 

173,888

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

 

56,995

 

 

 

27,545

 

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

 

20,562

 

 

 

105,182

 

 

 

89,535

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 

     Total

 

$

334,001

 

 

$

155,095

 

 

 

$

51,926

 

 

 

$

296,508

 

 

$

837,530

 

 

$

719,414

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 

 



 

 

The Company anticipates that a majority of the above commitments will not be fully drawn on by customers. Consumers do not tend to borrow the maximum amounts available under their home equity lines (the Company does not make credit card loans) and businesses typically arrange for credit lines in excess of their expected needs to handle contingencies.

The Company has established a liability for estimated credit losses on letters of credit. In accordance with GAAP, this liability is not included as part of the allowance for credit loss reported on the consolidated balance sheets for outstanding loans. Instead, the liability is included in other liabilities. The expense to establish and maintain this liability is included in other expense rather than in provision for credit loss. In the second quarter of 2003, the Company added $2.1 million to the liability. The addition related to two letters of credit extended to a customer whose financial condition changed significantly enough that it would be unable to meet the financial obligations for which the letters of credit provide credit enhancement. In the third quarter of 2003, another $440,000 was added to this liability. During the fourth quarter of 2003, $1.2 million was added to the liability and $3.0 million was written off as one of the letters of credit was drawn. In the second quarter of 2004, there was a partial draw on the other letter of credit for $1.1 million which was then charged off. The balance of the liability at September 30, 2004 was $3.0 million, $1.9 million of which related to the above-mentioned customer.

26



The following table shows the activity in this reserve account for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2003 and 2004:

 

 

Three months ended September 30,

 

Nine months ended September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Beginning reserve

 

 

$

3,011

 

 

 

$

5,317

 

 

 

$

3,942

 

 

 

$

2,446

 

 

Additions and other changes

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

 

440

 

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

 

3,311

 

 

Funded and written-off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,061

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Ending reserve

 

 

$

2,982

 

 

 

$

5,757

 

 

 

$

2,982

 

 

 

$

5,757

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Other Contractual Obligations

The following table discloses cash amounts contractually due from the Company under specific categories of obligations as of September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003:

 

 

As of September 30, 2004

 

As of
December 31,
2003

 

 

 


 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Less than
one year

 

One to
three years

 

Three to
five years

 

More than
five years

 

Total

 

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits *

 

$

4,072,319

 

 

$

250,992

 

 

$

92,885

 

$

1,037

 

$

4,417,233

 

 

$

3,854,717

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

353,508

 

 

 

361,967

 

 

 

104,158

 

 

73,000

 

 

892,633

 

 

 

557,887

 

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

985

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

985

 

 

 

1,682

 

 

Non-cancelable leases

 

 

10,238

 

 

 

18,160

 

 

 

13,499

 

 

24,824

 

 

66,721

 

 

 

89,535

 

 

Capital leases

 

 

247

 

 

 

495

 

 

 

577

 

 

22,466

 

 

23,785

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

 



 



 



 

 



 

 

     Total

 

$

4,437,297

 

 

$

631,614

 

 

$

211,119

 

$

121,327

 

$

5,401,357

 

 

$

4,503,821

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

 



 



 



 

 



 

 

* Only certificates of deposit have a specified maturity. The balances of other deposit accounts are assigned to the less than one year time range although depositors tend to keep their money on deposit with the Company for extended periods.

Non-cancelable leases: The Company leases most of its office locations and substantially all of these office leases contain multiple five-year renewal options and provisions for increased rentals, principally for property taxes and maintenance. As of September 30, 2004, the minimum rentals under non-cancelable leases for the next five years and thereafter are shown in the above table. Contractual obligations of sub-tenants have not been netted against the amounts in the above table for minimum rentals. Sub-tenants leasing space from the Company are contractually obligated to the Company for approximately $5.5 million. Approximately 60% of these payments are due to the Company over the next three years.

12.     DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

The Company had no swaps in place at the end of the third quarter of 2004 for managing its own interest rate risk.

The Company has entered into interest rate swaps and foreign exchange transactions with some of its customers to assist them in managing their interest rate and foreign currency risks. As of September 30, 2004, these swaps had a notional amount of $59.2 million and a fair value of $1.1 million. To avoid increasing its own interest rate or foreign exchange risk from entering into these swap agreements, the Company has entered into offsetting swap agreements with other larger financial institutions that cover most of these customer swaps. These covering swaps had a notional value of $59.2 million and a fair value of $1.1 million. The effect of the offsetting swaps to the Company is to neutralize its interest rate and currency risk positions. The Company generally earns a spread to compensate it for its services. Credit risk is also associated with these swaps in that a counterparty, either the Company’s customer or the other financial institution, may default on its obligation.  The Company has had one customer default on its obligation. The Company elected to hold the covering swap with the other financial institution.

27



13.     DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

GAAP requires companies to disclose the fair value of those financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value and the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate those fair values. This must be done irrespective of whether or not the instruments are recognized on the balance sheets of the Company. There are uncertainties inherent in the process of estimating the fair value of certain financial instruments. 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The face value of cash, Federal funds sold, and securities purchased under agreements to resell are their fair value.

Securities

For securities, fair value equals quoted market price, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities. As explained in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” all of the Company’s securities are classified as available-for-sale and are therefore carried at fair value. Consequently, the carrying amount is equal to the fair value in the table below.

Loans

The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. These contractual cash flows are adjusted to reflect estimates of uncollectible amounts.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair value of demand deposits, money market accounts, and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand as of the period end. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The Company must exclude from its estimate of the fair value of deposit liabilities any consideration of its on-going customer relationships which provide stable sources of investable funds.

Repurchase Agreements, Federal Funds Purchased, and Other Borrowings

For short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of their fair value. For FHLB advances, the fair value is estimated by discounting the required debt payments using rates currently quoted by the FHLB for advances of similar remaining maturities. When issued, the senior and subordinated notes had a coupon rate at a spread above U.S. Treasury securities of comparable maturity. The fair value of these notes is estimated by discounting the required debt payments by using approximately the same spread to the rates current in the market for U.S. Treasury securities of comparable maturity.

Derivatives

Fair values for derivative financial instruments are based on quotes received from other financial institutions for the cost of or the benefit from settling the contract.

28



Financial Guarantees and Commitments

The fair value of guarantees and letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements. The Company does not believe that its loan commitments have a fair value within the context of this note because generally fees have not been charged, the use of the commitment is at the option of the potential borrower, and the commitments are being written at rates comparable to current market rates.

Fair values for off-balance-sheet, credit related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing.

The fair value of the financial guarantees, commitments and other off-balance-sheet instruments are immaterial.

The carrying amount and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, are as follows:

 

 

As of September 30, 2004

 

As of December 31, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Cash and due from banks

 

 

$

128,158

 

 

$

128,158

 

$

150,010

 

$

150,010

 

     Federal funds sold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,010

 

 

33,010

 

     Securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

1,465,585

 

 

 

1,465,585

 

 

1,317,962

 

 

1,317,962

 

     Net loans

 

 

 

3,865,776

 

 

 

3,901,437

 

 

3,131,329

 

 

3,185,813

 

     Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

 

1,452

 

 

 

1,452

 

 

537

 

 

537

 

     Derivatives

 

 

 

1,135

 

 

 

1,135

 

 

1,436

 

 

1,436

 

 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 

          Total financial assets

 

 

 

5,462,106

 

 

 

5,497,767

 

 

4,634,284

 

 

4,688,768

 

 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Deposits

 

 

 

4,417,233

 

 

 

4,417,551

 

 

3,854,717

 

 

3,861,008

 

     Long-term debt, FHLB Advances

 

 

 

786,273

 

 

 

791,539

 

 

491,100

 

 

502,822

 

     Repurchase agreements,
          Federal funds purchased, and
          Treasury Tax & Loan

 

 

 

106,360

 

 

 

106,339

 

 

66,787

 

 

66,784

 

     Derivatives

 

 

 

1,223

 

 

 

1,223

 

 

2,334

 

 

2,334

 

 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 

          Total financial liabilities

 

 

 

5,311,089

 

 

 

5,316,652

 

 

4,414,938

 

 

4,432,948

 

 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 

Net financial Assets

 

 

$

151,017

 

 

$

181,115

 

$

219,346

 

$

255,820

 

 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 

14.          SEGMENT DISCLOSURE

The following table presents information for each segment regarding assets, profit or loss, and specific items of revenue and expense that are included in that measure of segment profit or loss as reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. Except for the business activities acquired with PCCI, information regarding how the Company determines its segments is provided in Note 26, “Segment Reporting,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s 2003 10-K.

In connection with the March 5, 2004 PCCI acquisition, the operations of the three branches acquired have been included in the “Community Banking” segment along with the other branch activities of the Company. The operations of PCCI’s commercial real estate and SBA lending areas report to the former CEO of PCCI, who now reports to the CEO of the Company and, consequently, they have been identified as a reportable segment.

29




(dollars in thousands)

 

Community
Banking

 

Commercial
Banking

 

Refund
Programs

 

Fiduciary

 

Pacific
Capital*

 

All
Other

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Three months ended
   September 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from
   external customers

 

$

33,445

 

$

24,906

 

 

$

712

 

 

 

$

3,764

 

 

$

9,185

 

$

17,380

 

$

89,392

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues

 

 

27,577

 

 

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

 

369

 

 

 

 

 

7,776

 

 

35,899

 

 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 

Total revenues

 

$

61,022

 

$

24,906

 

 

$

889

 

 

 

$

4,133

 

 

$

9,185

 

$

25,156

 

$

125,291

 

 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit (Loss)

 

$

30,585

 

$

16,117

 

 

$

(1,484

)

 

 

$

2,556

 

 

$

3,836

 

$

(26,731

)

$

24,879

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

26,474

 

 

24,176

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,555

 

 

18,893

 

 

78,151

 

Interest expense

 

 

8,649

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

9,671

 

 

18,424

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal charge for funds

 

 

8,944

 

 

5,941

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

2,866

 

 

18,145

 

 

35,899

 

Depreciation

 

 

1,229

 

 

36

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

34

 

 

1,408

 

 

2,930

 

Total assets

 

 

1,755,045

 

 

1,672,012

 

 

 

65,034

 

 

 

 

1,433

 

 

 

270,204

 

 

2,041,312

 

 

5,805,040

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,105

 

 

5,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended
   September 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from
   external customers

 

$

30,355

 

$

24,063

 

 

$

1,436

 

 

 

$

3,624

 

 

$

 

$

16,195

 

$

75,673

 

Intersegment revenues

 

 

18,928

 

 

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

379

 

 

 

 

 

8,203

 

 

27,601

 

 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 

Total revenues

 

$

49,283

 

$

24,063

 

 

$

1,527

 

 

 

$

4,003

 

 

$

 

$

24,398

 

$

103,274

 

 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit (Loss)

 

$

22,643

 

$

15,332

 

 

$

1,608

 

 

 

$

2,085

 

 

$

 

$

(19,744

)

$

21,924

 

Interest income

 

 

23,732

 

 

23,699

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,130

 

 

61,607

 

Interest expense

 

 

7,643

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,374

 

 

13,038

 

Internal charge for funds

 

 

7,590

 

 

6,468

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

13,521

 

 

27,601

 

Depreciation

 

 

921

 

 

42

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

1,368

 

 

2,505

 

Total assets

 

 

1,828,534

 

 

1,563,909

 

 

 

56,016

 

 

 

 

1,261

 

 

 

 

 

1,271,887

 

 

4,721,607

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,259

 

 

3,259

 

* As explained in the text, this segment represents the lending areas for the former PCCI, not Pacific Capital Bancorp, the holding company.

30




(dollars in thousands)

 

Community
Banking

 

Commercial
Banking

 

Refund
Programs

 

Fiduciary

 

Pacific
Capital*

 

All
Other

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Nine months ended
   September 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from
   external customers

 

$

96,779

 

$

74,366

 

$

64,533

 

 

$

11,677

 

 

$

18,156

 

$

51,274

 

$

316,785

 

Intersegment revenues

 

 

71,871

 

 

 

 

4,562

 

 

 

1,153

 

 

 

 

 

9,421

 

 

87,007

 

 

 



 



 



 

 



 

 



 



 



 

Total revenues

 

$

168,650

 

$

74,366

 

$

69,095

 

 

$

12,830

 

 

$

18,156

 

$

60,695

 

$

403,792

 

 

 



 



 



 

 



 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit (Loss)

 

$

83,128

 

$

49,878

 

$

42,245

 

 

$

7,909

 

 

$

6,644

 

$

(67,905

)

$

121,899

 

Interest income

 

 

75,760

 

 

69,837

 

 

36,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,070

 

 

54,251

 

 

253,543

 

Interest expense

 

 

24,147

 

 

 

 

988

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

25

 

 

23,923

 

 

49,317

 

Internal charge for funds

 

 

23,186

 

 

15,742

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

6,627

 

 

41,448

 

 

87,007

 

Depreciation

 

 

3,098

 

 

113

 

 

519

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

56

 

 

3,955

 

 

7,799

 

Total assets

 

 

1,755,045

 

 

1,672,012

 

 

65,034

 

 

 

1,433

 

 

 

270,204

 

 

2,041,312

 

 

5,805,040

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,728

 

 

14,728

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nine months ended
   September 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from
   external customers

 

$

93,500

 

$

73,080

 

$

63,512

 

 

$

10,796

 

 

$

 

$

42,175

 

$

283,063

 

Intersegment revenues

 

 

50,750

 

 

 

 

1,761

 

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

 

 

29,970

 

 

83,514

 

 

 



 



 



 

 



 

 



 



 



 

Total revenues

 

$

144,250

 

$

73,080

 

$

65,273

 

 

$

11,829

 

 

$

 

$

72,145

 

$

366,577

 

 

 



 



 



 

 



 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit (Loss)

 

$

62,149

 

$

45,217

 

$

42,238

 

 

$

6,395

 

 

$

 

$

(52,034

)

$

103,964

 

Interest income

 

 

72,083

 

 

71,865

 

 

31,965

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,655

 

 

214,568

 

Interest expense

 

 

24,908

 

 

 

 

793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,049

 

 

40,750

 

Internal charge for funds

 

 

23,786

 

 

21,442

 

 

2,684

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

35,593

 

 

83,514

 

Depreciation

 

 

2,791

 

 

124

 

 

407

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

4,033

 

 

7,445

 

Total assets

 

 

1,828,534

 

 

1,563,909

 

 

56,016

 

 

 

1,261

 

 

 

 

 

1,271,887

 

 

4,721,607

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,170

 

 

11,170

 

* As explained in the text, this segment represents the lending areas for the former PCCI, not Pacific Capital Bancorp, the holding company.

The following table reconciles total revenues and profit for the segments to total revenues and pre-tax income, respectively, in the consolidated statements of income for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2004 and 2003.

(dollars in thousands)

 

Three months ended
September 30,

 

Nine months ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Total revenues for
   reportable segments

 

$

125,291

 

$

102,834

 

$

403,792

 

$

366,577

 

Elimination of
   intersegment revenues

 

 

(35,899

)

 

(27,601

)

 

(87,007

)

 

(83,514

)

Elimination of taxable
   equivalent adjustment

 

 

(1,569

)

 

(1,656

)

 

(4,766

)

 

(4,937

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total consolidated revenues

 

$

87,823

 

$

73,577

 

$

312,019

 

$

278,126

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total profit or loss
   for reportable segments

 

$

24,879

 

$

21,924

 

$

121,899

 

$

103,964

 

Elimination of taxable
   equivalent adjustment

 

 

(1,569

)

 

(1,656

)

 

(4,766

)

 

(4,937

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Income before income taxes

 

$

23,310

 

$

20,268

 

$

117,133

 

$

99,027

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

31



As a fiscal intermediary, a large proportion of the Company’s business consists of borrowing from some customers – depositors and other financial institutions or bankers – and lending the funds to other customers – borrowers and securities issuers. The interest expense paid on the borrowings is charged to the segment that does the borrowing – Community Banking for deposits and Treasury (in All Other) for non-deposit borrowing. The interest earned on loans and securities is credited to the segments that do the lending or investing – Community Banking, Commercial Banking, and Pacific Capital for loans and Treasury for investments.

Transfer pricing is the process of crediting or charging segments for the benefits they provide to or receive from other segments. The Company does not attempt to transfer price services provided from one segment to another in determining each segment’s profit or loss, e.g. there is no allocation of administration overhead to the operating units, but the Company does transfer price funds provided or used.

Intersegment revenues consist of transfer pricing for the funds provided by the “Community Banking,” “Refund Programs,” and “Fiduciary” segments, and through the borrowings incurred by the Company’s Treasury department included in “All Other.”  Internal charges for funds consist of the transfer pricing for the funds used for lending activities by “Community Banking” and “Commercial Banking” and for the purchases of investments by the Treasury department. The totals for intersegment revenues and charges for funds will equal each other because the Company’s Treasury unit acts as the net seller or buyer of funds and hence receives the difference between intersegment revenues earned by the other units and charges for funds assessed against the other units. Charges for funds to the lending and Treasury units are reduced because a portion of each segment’s assets are assumed to be funded by capital rather than borrowed funds. A charge for capital is not included in the pre-tax profitability for each segment.

Intersegment revenues and internal charges for funds will generally be higher when interest rates are higher and lower when rates are low. Both short-term and intermediate-term interest rates were generally higher in the three-month period ended September 30, 2004 than in the corresponding period of 2003. The commercial loans in the Commercial Banking segment usually have short maturities or reprice frequently and therefore this segment is charged for funds by reference to the short-term rates. The consumer and small business loans in the Community Banking segment are usually fixed or have infrequent repricings and therefore this segment is charged for funds by reference to intermediate-term rates. There is no charge for funds in the Refund Programs segment in 2004 because the cost of the deposits and borrowings used to support this lending was directly recorded in that segment in 2004. This contrasts with 2003 when the funding was recorded in the Treasury unit and charged to the RAL segment through transfer pricing. As indicated above, the Company’s Treasury unit functions as a “money center” balancing the funding uses and sources. The changes in its intersegment revenues and charges for funds from one year to the next are primarily the result of changes in the amounts for the other segments.

The Company records provision expense for all loans other than RALs in its Credit Administration Department which is included in the “All Other” segment.

32



Item 2.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GAAP AND NON-GAAP MEASURES

In various sections of this discussion and analysis, attention is called to the significant impacts on the Company’s balance sheet and year to date income statement caused by its tax refund anticipation loans (“RAL”) and refund transfer (“RT”) programs. Because they relate to the filing of individual tax returns, these activities of these programs occur primarily during the first and second quarters of each year. The results of operations and actions taken by the Company to manage these programs are discussed in the section below titled “Refund Anticipation Loan and Refund Transfer Programs.” Included in the discussion is a summary statement of the results of operations for the programs. These programs comprise one of the Company’s operating segments for purposes of segment reporting in Note 14, “Segment Disclosure,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As such, Management believes that separately reporting operating results for the programs is consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

Because there are only two other financial institutions with nationwide refund programs of similar size to those of the Company, Management computes a number of amounts and ratios exclusive of the balances and operating results of these programs. Management does this so that it may compare the results of the Company’s traditional banking operations with the results of other financial institutions. For the last several years, the Company’s Management has conducted conference calls with analysts and investors in connection with its quarterly earnings releases. During these calls, investors and analysts have expressed through their questions an interest in knowing certain balances and the usual performance ratios for the Company exclusive of the RAL and RT programs. The Company’s Management believes analysts and investors request this information for the same reason that Management uses it internally, namely, to provide more comparability with virtually all of the rest of the Company’s peers that do not operate such programs. Consequently, the Company has provided these amounts and ratios both with and without the balances and results of the RAL and RT programs in its press releases and in its periodic quarterly and annual reports on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, respectively.

While Management provides these amounts and ratios both with and without the balances and results of the RAL and RT programs, it stresses that both shareholders and potential investors should pay attention primarily to the GAAP results that include the operating results of the RAL and RT programs.

Note E to this discussion includes several tables that provide reconciliations for all numbers and ratios reported in this discussion exclusive of the RAL/RT balances or results to the same numbers and ratios for the Company as a whole reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The tables provide the consolidated numbers or ratios, the RAL/RT adjustment, and the numbers or ratios exclusive of the RAL/RT adjustment. Notes designated by a letter are found at the end of this analysis and discussion. Notes designated by a number are notes to the financial statements which they follow.

In addition to the non-GAAP measures computed related to the Company’s balances and results exclusive of its RAL and RT programs, this filing contains other financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with GAAP. Management uses these non-GAAP measures in their analysis of the business and its performance. In particular, net interest income, net interest margin and operating efficiency are calculated on a fully tax-equivalent basis (“FTE”).

The use of FTE measurement is a common practice in banking and Management believes that the measures calculated on an FTE basis provide a useful picture of net interest income, net interest margin and operating efficiency for comparative purposes. Net interest income and net interest margin on an FTE basis is determined by adjusting net interest income to reflect tax-exempt interest income on an equivalent before-tax basis. The efficiency ratio also uses net interest income on an FTE basis. The FTE calculation is explained in Note B and reconciliations of amounts with and without the FTE adjustment are found in Table 23 in Note E. Net interest income as reported on the Company’s Consolidated Income Statement in Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q is not reported on an FTE basis.

SUMMARY RESULTS

Pacific Capital Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiaries (together referred to as “the Company”) earned $14.6 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, compared to $13.2 million in the third quarter last year, an increase of $1.4 million, or 9.8%. Diluted earnings per share for the third quarter of 2004 were $0.32 compared to $0.29 earned in the third quarter of 2003.  The Company earned $73.7 million or $1.61 per diluted share in the first nine months of 2004, compared with $63.1 million or $1.36 per diluted share for the same period of 2003.

33



Compared to the third quarter of 2003, net interest income (the difference between interest income and interest expense) for the third quarter of 2004 increased by $11.2 million, or 24.0%. Total interest income increased by $16.6 million, or 27.7%, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $5.4 million, or 41.3%. In general, balances of both earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities increased while rates earned and paid were the same or higher compared to the third quarter of 2003.  Interest on loans increased $12.3 million, or 24.5%, while interest on securities increased $4.3 million, or 36.8%. The Federal Open Market Committee’s (“FOMC”) 25 basis point increases in June, August, and September, in the target Federal funds rate were a factor along with the growth in earning assets in generating the increase in net interest income.

Average interest earning assets for the third quarter of 2004 increased by $1.04 billion, or 24.2%, over the same period in 2003. This was comprised of an increase in average loans of $786 million, or 25.9%, as well as an increase in average securities of $249 million, or 20.4%.

The increase in interest expense was due to an increase in interest on borrowed funds of $2.9 million, or 62.7%, plus an increase in interest on deposits of $2.5 million, or 30.0%. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $964 million, or 29.9%, during the third quarter of 2004 compared to the same period in 2003. This was comprised of an increase in average deposits of $598 million, or 21.0%, as well as an increase in average borrowed funds of $365 million, or 78.4%.

The addition of loans, securities and deposits from the acquisition of PCCI accounts for some of the growth in the average balances cited above.

Provision for credit losses expense for loans other than RALs decreased from $4.3 million in the third quarter of 2003 to $2.7 million in the third quarter of 2004. Provision expense for RALs was a negative $1.6 million for the third quarter of 2003. As explained in the section titled, “Refund Loan and Refund Transfer Programs,” there was no provision for credit losses from RALs for the third quarter of 2004. The provision expense for non-RAL loans for both quarters was impacted by several factors as explained in the discussion of credit quality below.

Total noninterest revenue decreased $2.4 million, or 17.5%, in the third quarter of 2004 over the same quarter of 2003. The decrease would have been less but for the change in gain or loss on securities sales. The Company recognized $928,000 in gains in the third quarter of 2003 and losses of $973,000 in the third quarter of 2004. The other major categories of fees that decreased were RAL collection fees and brokerage fees connected with the sale of residential real estate loans. Operating expense increased by $5.7 million, or 15.2%, during the third quarter of 2004 compared to the same quarter of 2003. Most of this increase is due to the addition of the operating expenses of PCCI. An explanation of these changes is presented later in this discussion in the sections below titled “Noninterest Revenue” and  “Operating Expense,” respectively.

TABLE 1—PERFORMANCE RATIOS (Note A)

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Excluding
RALs/RTs

 

Consolidated

 

Excluding
RALs/RTs

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Return on average assets

 

 

1.01

%

 

 

1.08

%

 

 

1.14

%

 

 

1.07

%

 

Return on average consolidated equity

 

 

13.43

%

 

 

14.23

%

 

 

13.29

%

 

 

12.36

%

 

Operating efficiency

 

 

60.26

%

 

 

57.78

%

 

 

61.40

%

 

 

60.44

%

 

Net interest margin

 

 

4.46

%

 

 

4.48

%

 

 

4.49

%

 

 

4.49

%

 


 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Excluding
RALs/RTs

 

Consolidated

 

Excluding
RALs/RTs

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Return on average assets

 

 

1.75

%

 

 

1.27

%

 

 

1.83

%

 

 

1.16

%

 

Return on average consolidated equity

 

 

23.09

%

 

 

15.42

%

 

 

21.63

%

 

 

13.24

%

 

Operating efficiency

 

 

50.01

%

 

 

59.47

%

 

 

50.27

%

 

 

61.87

%

 

Net interest margin

 

 

5.21

%

 

 

4.51

%

 

 

5.43

%

 

 

4.63

%

 

34



In 2004, the Company’s return on average assets (“ROA”) for the third quarter was 1.01%, compared to 1.14% for the same quarter of 2003, and the return on average equity (“ROE”) was 13.43%, compared to 13.29%. These annualized ratios can be significantly impacted by the highly seasonal tax refund programs. Because of the change in the estimation of credit losses for the second quarter of 2004 described in “Refund Loan and Refund Transfer Programs,” the negative provision expense recognized in the third quarter of 2003 did not occur in the third quarter of 2004. Exclusive of the impact of RAL/RT programs in both periods, the ROA was 1.08% for the third quarter of 2004, compared to 1.07% for the same period in 2003.

The operating efficiency ratio measures what proportion of a dollar of operating income it takes to earn that dollar. The decrease in the operating efficiency ratio to 60.26% for the third quarter of 2004 from 61.40% for the same quarter in 2003 can be attributed to a faster rate of growth in net revenues than in operating expenses. Exclusive of the impacts of the RAL/RT programs, the operating efficiency ratio improved from 60.44% in the third quarter of 2003 to 57.78% in the same quarter of 2004.

The net interest margin, exclusive of the impact of RAL/RT programs, was virtually identical in the third quarter of 2004 to the margin in the third quarter of 2003 4.48% vs. 4.49%. The leveraging strategy, discussed in the section titled, “Securities” below lowered the margin while increasing net interest income. The three rates increases by the FOMC in June, August, and September benefited the margin. The low interest rate environment had tended to cause a lower net interest margin because the rates paid on deposits could not be decreased at the same rate that interest rates the Company charges on loans were decreased. With interest rates now starting to rise, the Company’s loans are starting to reprice to higher rates rather than to lower rates as had been the case for the last two years, but there has not yet been much competitive pressure to raise deposit rates.

BUSINESS

The Company is a bank holding company. All references to “the Company” apply to Pacific Capital Bancorp and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. “Bancorp” will be used to refer to the parent company only. “The Bank” refers to the Company’s primary subsidiary, Pacific Capital Bank, N.A. The Bank uses five brand names in different geographic areas. “The Bank” is intended also to mean the prior individual subsidiary banks, as appropriate, when referring to events or situations prior to March 29, 2002 when they were merged into one charter. The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System. The Bank offers a full range of retail and commercial banking services. These include commercial, real estate, and consumer loans, a wide variety of deposit products, and full trust services.

Bancorp has seven other subsidiaries. PCB Services Corporation has only insignificant activities and Pacific Capital Services Corporation is an inactive corporation. SBB&T Automobile Loan Securitization Corporation was used for an automobile loan securitization that ended in the second quarter of 2004 and is also now inactive. SBB&T RAL Funding Corporation is used in the RAL securitization that is described in Note 8, “Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

On March 5, 2004, the Company acquired Pacific Crest Capital, Inc. (“PCCI”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Pacific Crest Bank, Pacific Crest Capital Trust I (“PCC Trust I”), Pacific Crest Capital Trust II (“PCC Trust II”), and Pacific Crest Capital Trust III (“PCC Trust III”). PCCI was merged into Bancorp, while Pacific Crest Bank was merged into the Bank. PCC Trust I, PCC Trust II, and PCC Trust III had been created by PCCI for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. These last three entities will remain subsidiaries of Bancorp but are not consolidated in the financial statements of the Company (see the discussion on Financial Interpretation Number 46 in Note 1).

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This quarterly report on Form 10-Q, including this discussion and analysis, contains forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operation and business of the Company that are based on Management’s beliefs as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to the Company’s management. These include statements that relate to or are dependent on estimates or assumptions relating to the prospects of continued loan and deposit growth, improved credit quality, the trend and intensity of changes in interest rates, and the operating characteristics of the Company’s income tax refund programs. The subjects of these forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. Such statements are intended to be covered by the safe-harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and this statement is being included for the purpose of invoking these safe-harbor provisions. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include, among others, the following possibilities: (1) increased competitive pressure among financial services companies; (2) changes in the interest rate environment reducing interest margins or increasing interest rate risk; (3) deterioration in general economic conditions, internationally, nationally or in the State of California; (4) reduced demand for or earnings derived from the Company’s income tax refund loan and refund transfer programs; (5) judicial, legislative or regulatory changes adversely affecting the business in which the Company engages; (6) the occurrence of future events such as the terrorist acts of September 11, 2001 or consequences of U.S. military involvement in the Middle East; (7) difficulties integrating acquired operations; (8) implementation risk relating to a new computer system mentioned in the section titled “Operating Expense”; (9) difficulties remediating deficiencies in internal control; and (10) other risks detailed in the 2003 10-K. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made.

35



CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A number of critical accounting policies are used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements which this discussion accompanies.

The Use of Estimates

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP requires Management to make certain estimates and assumptions which affect the amounts of reported assets and liabilities as well as contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of these financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period(s). Although Management believes these estimates and assumptions to be reasonably accurate, actual results may differ.

The principal areas in which estimates are used are as follows:

Allowance for credit losses: An estimate of the amount of the probable losses incurred in the Company’s loan portfolio is used in determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses and therefore the periodic charge to income for the provision for credit losses expense. A description of the method of developing the estimate is described in the section below titled “Credit Quality and the Allowance for Credit Losses” and in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements presented in the Company’s 2003 10-K. If the actual losses incurred in fact materially exceed the estimate of probable losses developed by Management, then the allowance for credit losses will have been understated and the Company will have to record additional provision expense in future periods as the actual amount of losses are recognized. If the losses currently in the portfolio are subsequently determined to be materially less than the estimate, then the Company will reverse the excess allowance through provision expense in future periods.

Events or circumstances that can cause this estimate of losses to be substantially different than eventually occur are primarily a lack of sufficient information about borrowers’ current financial condition or as such financial condition may change over time. This occurs because the borrower does not provide the information on a timely basis or because it is incomplete or inaccurate.

Realizability of deferred tax assets: The Company’s deferred tax assets are explained in the section below titled “Income Tax” and in Note 15, “Income Taxes,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements presented in the Company’s 2003 10-K. The Company uses an estimate of future earnings to support its position that the benefit of its deferred tax assets will be realized. If future pre-tax income should prove non-existent or less than the amount of the temporary differences giving rise to the deferred tax assets within the tax years to which they may be applied, the assets will not be realized and the Company’s net income will be reduced.

Actuarial estimates used in retiree health plan: The Company uses certain estimates regarding its employees to determine its liability for post retirement health benefits. These estimates include life expectancy, length of time before retirement, and future rates of growth of medical costs. Should these estimates prove materially wrong such that the liability is understated, the Company will either incur more expense to provide the benefits or it will need to amend the plan to limit benefits.

36



Prepayment assumptions used in determining the amortization of premium and discount for securities: Approximately two thirds of the Company’s investment securities are mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities which are subject to the prepayment of principal of the underlying loans. The rate at which prepayments are expected to occur in future periods impacts the amount of premium to be amortized in the current period. If prepayments in a future period are higher than estimated, then the Company will need to amortize a larger amount of premium in that future period, such that the total premium amortized to date as of the end of that future period will equal the amount that would have been amortized had the higher prepayment rate been experienced during all past periods over which the security was held. If future prepayments are less than estimated, then less premium will be amortized in the future period to similarly result in an amount of premium amortization life-to-date as if the lower rate of prepayments had been experienced from the purchase of the security.

Estimates of the fair value of assets: Certain assets of the Company are recorded at fair value, or the lower of cost or fair value. In some cases, the fair value used is an estimate. Included among these assets are securities that are classified as available for sale, goodwill and other intangible assets, and other real estate owned and impaired loans. These estimates may change from period to period as they are impacted by changes in interest rates and other market conditions. Losses not anticipated or greater than anticipated could result if the Company were forced to sell one of these assets and discovered that its estimate of fair value had been too high. Gains not anticipated or greater than anticipated could result if the Company were to sell one of these assets and discovered that its estimate of fair value had been too low. Estimates of fair value are arrived at as follows:

Assumptions regarding mortgage and other servicing rights: For the Company, mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs) arise from the sale of loans as described below under “Loan Portfolio—Other Loan Portfolio Information—Loan Sales and Mortgage Servicing Rights.” There is a secondary market for MSRs wherein a financial institution may purchase the right to service loans for and receive a fee from the holder of mortgage loans. The market value for such servicing is based on the coupon rates, maturity, and prepayment rates experienced for the mortgages being serviced. The value of the servicing rights recorded by the Company at the time of the sale is based on Management’s best estimate of the market value of mortgage servicing rights for similar pools of loans. If the Company overestimates the value of the MSRs, it will recognize too large a gain at the time of sale and will hold an asset against which a charge to earnings will later have to be taken. If the Company underestimates the value of the MSRs, it will have recognized too small a gain and will later recognize income from the servicing that should have been recognized in the period in which the loans were sold. The Company’s MSRs relate to a variety of pools of loans sold from May 2001 through November 2003. The Company also acquired servicing rights for loans other than mortgages with the PCCI acquisition. All of the comments made above with respect to MSRs apply to these other servicing rights as well.

Available-for-sale securities: The fair values of most securities classified as available-for-sale are based on quoted market prices. These quoted market prices are derived from two independent sources and compared for consistency. If the two sources differ significantly, or if quoted market prices are not available, alternative methods are used, which include seeking bids from brokers on a representative security or extrapolating the value from the quoted prices of similar instruments. The Company also uses estimates of the future rate of prepayments on the loans underlying the various mortgage-backed securities to determine the expected life of that security. That estimated life then determines the rate of amortization or accretion to recognize against the premium or discount of those instruments.

Goodwill and other intangible assets: As discussed in Note 7, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company must assess goodwill and other intangible assets each year for impairment. This assessment involves estimating cash flows for future periods, preparing analyses of market multiples for similar operations, and estimating the fair values of the reporting unit to which the goodwill is allocated. If the future cash flows were materially less than the estimates, the Company would be required to take a charge against earnings to write down the asset to the lower fair value.

Other real estate owned and impaired loans: The fair value of other real estate owned or collateral supporting impaired loans is generally determined from appraisals obtained from independent appraisers. The Company also must estimate the costs to dispose of the property. This is generally done based on experience with similar properties. When determining the valuation allowance for impaired loans, the Company may use the discounted cash flow method which may include estimates of borrower revenue, expenses, capital expenditures and disposals of capital assets, along with estimates of future economic conditions including forecasts of interest rates and other economic factors which Management believes would impact estimated future customer cash flows.

Estimates relating to self-insurance from workers’ compensation: The Company self-insures for a portion of its workers’ compensation exposure. Because not all injuries are immediately reported to the Company, it must accrue an estimate of the claims loss for injuries that have occurred but not been reported. The estimate is based on actuarial data provided by the insurance company that covers the Company for large claims above the Company’s self-insured amount. If the Company underestimates the cost of unreported claims, it will need to recognize an expense for these claims in subsequent periods. If the estimate is too large, the Company will report a reduction in expense in subsequent years for the excess.

37



Income tax estimates: With each period end, it is necessary for Management to make certain estimates and assumptions to compute the provision for income tax. Management uses the best information available to develop these estimates and assumptions, but generally some of these estimates and assumptions are revised when the Company files its tax return in the middle of the following year. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, revisions to estimates are recorded as income tax expense or benefit in the period in which they become known. Among the estimates used is the annual effective tax rate used to record income tax expense for the interim periods. The estimated effective tax rate is calculated by annualizing income, expenses, and permanent differences. As of September 30, 2004, Management estimates that the effective tax rate for the year will be 37.08%. To the extent that the estimate used at December 31, 2004 differs from the estimate at September 30, 2004, the effect of the change will be included in tax expense for fourth quarter. The effective tax rate is lower than the statutory rate of 42.05% due to the benefits relating to permanent differences such as tax-exempt income on municipal securities, tax exempt loans, bank owned life insurance, and employee and director stock option plans.

Alternative Methods of Accounting

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company are in accordance with GAAP and conform to practices within the banking industry. As such there are few alternatives available to the Company in its accounting for items of income or expense or for assets and liabilities. The few areas where choices are available are as follows:

Depreciation of fixed assets:  The Company selects lives of assets over which to depreciate or amortize the cost based on the expected period it will benefit the Company. The Company’s methods of depreciation and the lives of fixed assets are described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements presented in the Company’s 2003 10-K. If a method is used or a life is chosen that results in a material amount of the cost not having been amortized when the asset provides no further benefit to the Company, then a loss will be incurred for the unamortized cost of the asset when it is disposed of or replaced.

Amortization of the cost of other assets:The Company’s methods of amortizing assets other than fixed assets are described in notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements or in the 2003 10-K. As with fixed assets, if the method of amortization or the amortization term results in unamortized cost when the asset has no further value, a loss will be recognized.

Stock options:  When the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”) in 1996, it elected to continue to use the “intrinsic value” method of accounting for stock options. Under this method, the Company does not recognize compensation expense at the time options are granted. As required by SFAS 123, pro forma amounts of compensation expense and the pro forma impact on net income and earnings per share are disclosed in the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q as if the Company had elected to instead use the “fair value” accounting method that recognizes compensation expense at the time options are granted.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

The Company’s financial results have been or will be impacted by several accounting pronouncements, issued over the last two years. These pronouncements and the nature of their impact are discussed in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

RISKS FROM CURRENT EVENTS

As of this writing, there seems to be no clear consensus as to how long U.S. military forces will be engaged in Iraq and Afghanistan. Commentators have expressed opinions that prolonged presence of US military forces in the region would be both expensive and could provoke further terrorist actions. Either of these consequences could have an impact on the economy and therefore on the results of operations for the Company.

As of this writing, while numerous commentators have predicted impacts on the economy from the results of the presidential election, the Company is not able to ascertain any specific impacts on its business that have or will occur.

38



Over the last two years, it has been difficult for the California Legislature to pass the state budget on a timely basis. In addition, a substantial amount of borrowing has been necessary to balance these budgets. While these events clearly impact the California economy, the Company does not believe that they will have any material impact on its operating results. The Company does not own any State of California debt obligations and has no concentration of customers that will specifically be impacted by the lower levels of governmental expenditures.

GROWTH TRENDS IN ASSETS AND DEPOSITS 

The chart below shows the growth in average total assets and deposits since 1998. Annual averages are shown for 1998, 1999, 2000, and 2001; quarterly averages are shown for 2002, 2003, and 2004. Because significant but unusual cash flows sometimes occur at the end of a quarter and at year-end, the overall trend in the Company’s growth is better shown by the use of average balances for the periods.

CHART 1—GROWTH IN AVERAGE ASSETS AND DEPOSITS
(dollars in millions)

GRAPH

Deposit balances also have been included in the chart because an important factor in the profitability of the Company is the portion of assets that are funded by deposits. The interest rate paid on deposit accounts is generally less than the rate paid on nondeposit sources of funding.

There are three primary reasons for the overall growth trend shown above for the Company. The first is the acquisition of other financial institutions. The acquisition in 2000 of Los Robles Bank added $172 million to the Company’s assets and $155 million to deposits. The acquisition of PCCI in March 2004 added $284 million in assets and $282 million deposits.

The Company’s other mergers in 1998 and 2000 were accounted for by the pooling of interests method. Asset and deposit totals for periods prior to the mergers have been restated to include their balances and so do not impact the totals shown in the above chart. However, growth at these institutions subsequent to the mergers is reflected in the chart above.

Secondly, the Company’s experience with acquisitions and mergers has been contrary to the general pattern in which banks lose customers of the acquired institution. Depositors of banks acquired by or merged with the Company have kept their deposits with the Company. The Company attributes this to its efforts to maintain the acquired institution’s culture and management in place. The impact of this reason has been less in the last several years as the frequency of acquisitions in the financial industry has slowed.

Third, the Bank has opened three new offices in Ventura County and one new office in northern Santa Barbara County during the period covered by the table. The company also acquired some of the assets and deposits of two of the branches of another financial institution in the first quarter of 2002.

Average assets and deposits increase during the first quarters of each year and then generally decrease in the second quarter. The major reason for this is the Company’s tax refund loan program. The growth in assets is from the loans held by the Company. The growth in deposits is due both to certificates of deposit used as one of the sources of funding for the refund loans and to the outstanding checks issued for loans and transfers (See Note D).

39



INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

Banks act as financial intermediaries. As such, they take in funds from depositors and then either lend the funds to borrowers or invest the funds in securities and other instruments. The Company earns interest income on loans and securities and pays interest expense on deposits and other borrowings. Net interest income is the difference in dollars between the interest income earned and the interest expense paid. On an annual basis, net interest income represents approximately 70%-75% of the Company’s net revenues.

Period-to-period Comparison of the Components of Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

Tables 2A and 2B show the average balances of the major categories of earning assets and liabilities for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 together with the related interest income and expense. Table 3, an analysis of volume and rate variances, explains how much of the differences in interest income or expense for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2004 compared to the corresponding periods of 2003 is due to changes in the balances (volume) and how much is due to changes in rates. For example, Table 2A shows that for the third quarter of 2004, real estate loans—multi-family and nonresidential averaged $1.5 billion, interest income for them was $24.6 million, and the average rate received was 6.47%. In the same quarter of 2003, real estate loans—multi-family and nonresidential averaged $1.1 billion, interest income for them was $18.0 million, and the average rate received was 6.59%. Table 3 shows that the $6.6 million increase in interest income for these loans from the third quarter of 2003 compared to the third quarter of 2004 is the net result of a $6.9 million increase in interest income due to higher balances in 2004, and an decrease of $0.3 million due to lower rates during 2004. Most of the increase in balances came from the purchase of PCCI.

Tables 2A and 2B also disclose the net interest margin for the reported periods. Net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income to average earning assets. This ratio is useful in allowing the Company to monitor the spread between interest income and interest expense from month to month and year to year irrespective of the growth of the Company’s assets. The net interest margin and net interest income are reported on a “taxable equivalent” basis (Note B). If the Company is able to maintain the net interest margin as the Company grows, the amount of net interest income will increase. If the net interest margin decreases, net interest income can still increase, but earning assets must increase at a higher rate. The increased volume of earning assets serves to replace the net interest income that is lost by the decreasing rate.

As shown in Table 2A, the net interest margin, 4.46%, for the third quarter of 2004 was just slightly lower than the comparable figure, 4.49%, for the third quarter of 2003, while the net interest income for the third quarter of 2004, $59.7 million, was 23.0% higher than the $48.6 million for 2003. As noted at the start of this discussion, the RAL and RT programs have a significant impact on the Company’s operating results. This is most pronounced during the first quarter, but also impacts the second quarter of each year in a more limited way. There is a very limited impact on the net interest income and net interest margins in the third and fourth quarters through impacts on operating expenses and provision expense may be significant. Nonetheless, for comparability with the reporting in prior quarters of net interest margin, both with and without RALs, the net interest margin for the third quarter of 2004, exclusive of RALs, was 4.48% compared to 4.49% for the third quarter of 2003 (See Note E).

The Federal Reserve Bank’s (“FRB”) target Federal funds rate averaged 1.00% in the third quarter of 2003 and averaged 1.41% in the third quarter of 2004. There was a significant amount of volatility in other interest rates during the quarter with 1 to 5 year rates generally higher than in the third quarter of 2003, but longer-term rates sometimes actually lower than in 2003. At the end of the quarter 1 to 5 year rates were significantly higher than on September 30, 2003 and longer rates about the same. This caused the interest rate yield curve to have generally the same slope at the end of the third quarter of 2004 as at the end of the third quarter of 2003 except in the short-term where it is now steeper (See Note G).

Besides the more or less direct impact from changes in market rates, changes in the net interest margin can occur for a variety of other reasons. For example, the sequential quarter decrease in net interest margin from the first to the second quarter of 2004 (4.63% vs. 4.35%) was attributable to a number of factors including the following: (1) the full quarter impact of adding the former PCCI, which had a lower net interest margin than PCB’s (Note M); (2) an increase in prepayments in the securities portfolio, which resulted in premium amortization of $1.9 million for the second quarter, up from $1.0 million dollars in the prior quarter (Note N); (3) fixed rate loans that were continuing to renew in a lower rate environment; (4) and a slightly higher cost of funds, due to an increase in the longer-term brokered CD accounts added in the first and second quarters to manage interest rate risk.

40



The sequential quarter increase in the margin from second quarter 2004 to the third quarter 2004 resulted from (1) a comparative reduction in the prepayments in the securities portfolio leading to a $700,000 decrease in premium amortized during the third quarter; (2) a change in product mix due to higher growth rate in the loan portfolios than in the securities portfolios—loans earn higher rates compared to the rates earned on securities; (3) the increases in market interest rates permitted the repricing of variable rate loans, but there was little competitive pressure in the Company’s market areas to raise deposit rates.

Comparing the net interest margin for the year to date periods, the major explanation for the lower margin in 2004 (4.51%) than in 2003 (4.63%) is leveraging strategy initiated in 2003. As discussed in the section below titled “Securities,” the Company purchased securities funded by FHLB advances. During the second half of 2003 and the first nine months of 2004, this strategy added to net interest income because the interest income earned on the securities exceeded the interest expense incurred on the liabilities. However, it reduces the net interest margin and return on average assets because the difference between the rates earned on the securities and the rate paid on the debt incurred to fund the purchases of the securities is less than the average spread between the rates earned on other earning assets and the rates paid on other liabilities.

41



TABLE 2A—AVERAGE BALANCES, INCOME AND EXPENSE, YIELDS AND RATES (1)
(dollars in thousands)

 

 

Three months ended
September 30, 2004

 

Three months ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Balance

 

Income

 

Rate (4)

 

Balance

 

Income

 

Rate (4)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Money market instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Federal funds sold

 

$

41,596

 

$

163

 

 

1.56

%

$

38,071

 

$

104

 

 

1.08

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

               Total money market instruments

 

 

41,596

 

 

163

 

 

1.56

%

 

38,071

 

 

104

 

 

1.08

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

     Securities: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Taxable

 

 

1,287,004

 

 

13,470

 

 

4.16

%

 

1,040,604

 

 

9,133

 

 

3.48

%

          Non-taxable

 

 

181,982

 

 

4,017

 

 

8.83

%

 

179,164

 

 

4,118

 

 

9.19

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

               Total securities

 

 

1,468,986

 

 

17,487

 

 

4.74

%

 

1,219,768

 

 

13,251

 

 

4.31

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

     Loans: (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Commercial (including leasing)

 

 

957,370

 

 

16,223

 

 

6.74

%

 

796,970

 

 

12,097

 

 

6.02

%

          Real estate-multi family & nonres

 

 

1,521,761

 

 

24,605

 

 

6.47

%

 

1,093,888

 

 

18,017

 

 

6.59

%

          Real estate-residential 1-4 family

 

 

856,216

 

 

12,014

 

 

5.61

%

 

737,147

 

 

11,041

 

 

5.99

%

          Consumer

 

 

474,973

 

 

7,638

 

 

6.40

%

 

401,159

 

 

7,076

 

 

7.00

%

          Other

 

 

7,866

 

 

22

 

 

1.11

%

 

2,603

 

 

21

 

 

3.20

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

               Total loans

 

 

3,818,186

 

 

60,502

 

 

6.30

%

 

3,031,767

 

 

48,252

 

 

6.31

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

     Total earning assets

 

 

5,328,768

 

 

78,152

 

 

5.83

%

 

4,289,606

 

 

61,607

 

 

5.70

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

     FAS 115 Market Value Adjustment

 

 

(2,832

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Non-earning assets

 

 

426,965

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

312,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total assets

 

$

5,752,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,632,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Interest bearing deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Savings and interest bearing
             transaction accounts

 

$

1,966,956

 

 

3,442

 

 

0.70

%

$

1,643,539

 

 

2,434

 

 

0.59

%

          Time certificates of deposit

 

 

1,478,049

 

 

7,582

 

 

2.04

%

 

1,202,982

 

 

6,056

 

 

2.00

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

               Total interest bearing deposits

 

 

3,445,005

 

 

11,024

 

 

1.27

%

 

2,846,521

 

 

8,490

 

 

1.18

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

     Borrowed funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Repos and Federal funds purchased

 

 

59,133

 

 

216

 

 

1.45

%

 

41,013

 

 

75

 

 

0.73

%

          Other borrowings

 

 

770,829

 

 

7,184

 

 

3.71

%

 

424,231

 

 

4,473

 

 

4.18

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

               Total borrowed funds

 

 

829,962

 

 

7,400

 

 

3.55

%

 

465,244

 

 

4,548

 

 

3.88

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

                    Total interest bearing liabilities

 

 

4,274,967

 

 

18,424

 

 

1.71

%

 

3,311,765

 

 

13,038

 

 

1.56

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

     Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

999,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

873,355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Other liabilities

 

 

46,863

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Shareholders’ equity

 

 

431,147

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

395,626

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

5,752,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,632,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income/earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.83

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.70

%

Interest expense/earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.37

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.21

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Tax equivalent net interest income/margin

 

 

 

 

 

59,728

 

 

4.46

%

 

 

 

 

48,569

 

 

4.49

%

Provision for credit losses
   charged to operations/earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

2,740

 

 

0.21

%

 

 

 

 

2,653

 

 

0.24

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Net interest margin after provision
   for credit losses on tax equivalent basis

 

 

 

 

 

56,988

 

 

4.25

%

 

 

 

 

45,916

 

 

4.25

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: tax equivalent income
   included in interest income from
   non-taxable securities and loans

 

 

 

 

 

1,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,656

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

$

55,419

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

44,260

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans other than RALs

 

$

3,815,679

 

$

60,449

 

 

6.30

%

$

3,031,767

 

$

48,206

 

 

6.31

%

Consumer loans other than RALs

 

$

472,466

 

$

7,585

 

 

6.39

%

$

401,159

 

$

7,030

 

 

7.01

%


(1)

Income amounts are presented on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis. (See Note B)

(2)

Average securities balances are based on amortized historical cost, excluding SFAS 115 adjustments to fair value
which are included in other assets.

(3)

Nonaccrual loans are included in loan balances. Interest income includes related fee income.

(4)

Annualized.

42




TABLE 2B—AVERAGE BALANCES, INCOME AND EXPENSE, YIELDS AND RATES (1)
(dollars in thousands)

 

 

Nine months ended
September 30, 2004

 

Nine months ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Balance

 

Income

 

Rate (4)

 

Balance

 

Income

 

Rate (4)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Money market instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Federal funds sold

 

$

85,093

 

$

747

 

 

1.17

%

$

100,509

 

$

956

 

 

1.27

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

               Total money market instruments

 

 

85,093

 

 

747

 

 

1.17

%

 

100,509

 

 

956

 

 

1.27

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

     Securities: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Taxable

 

 

1,225,169

 

 

36,407

 

 

3.97

%

 

848,137

 

 

23,415

 

 

3.69

%

          Non-taxable

 

 

183,801

 

 

12,206

 

 

8.85

%

 

170,955

 

 

11,878

 

 

9.26

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

               Total securities

 

 

1,408,970

 

 

48,613

 

 

4.61

%

 

1,019,092

 

 

35,293

 

 

4.63

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

     Loans: (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Commercial (including leasing)

 

 

906,832

 

 

44,120

 

 

6.50

%

 

789,308

 

 

36,115

 

 

6.12

%

          Real estate-multi family & nonres

 

 

1,412,670

 

 

65,574

 

 

6.19

%

 

1,095,597

 

 

54,994

 

 

6.69

%

          Real estate-residential 1-4 family

 

 

835,015

 

 

35,190

 

 

5.62

%

 

714,014

 

 

33,531

 

 

6.26

%

          Consumer

 

 

583,580

 

 

59,238

 

 

13.56

%

 

559,304

 

 

53,609

 

 

12.82

%

          Other

 

 

7,886

 

 

61

 

 

1.03

%

 

2,653

 

 

70

 

 

3.53

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

               Total loans

 

 

3,745,983

 

 

204,183

 

 

7.28

%

 

3,160,876

 

 

178,319

 

 

7.54

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

     Total earning assets

 

 

5,240,046

 

 

253,543

 

 

6.46

%

 

4,280,477

 

 

214,568

 

 

6.70

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

     FAS 115 Market Value Adjustment

 

 

17,069

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Non-earning assets

 

 

377,986

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

298,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Total assets

 

$

5,635,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,603,793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Interest bearing deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Savings and interest bearing
             transaction accounts

 

$

1,866,421

 

 

8,774

 

 

0.63

%

$

1,568,745

 

 

7,974

 

 

0.68

%

          Time certificates of deposit

 

 

1,431,129

 

 

21,136

 

 

1.97

%

 

1,228,474

 

 

19,802

 

 

2.16

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

               Total interest bearing deposits

 

 

3,297,550

 

 

29,910

 

 

1.21

%

 

2,797,219

 

 

27,776

 

 

1.33

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

     Borrowed funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Repos and Federal funds purchased

 

 

117,899

 

 

973

 

 

1.10

%

 

70,441

 

 

617

 

 

1.17

%

          Other borrowings

 

 

696,600

 

 

18,434

 

 

3.53

%

 

337,068

 

 

12,357

 

 

4.90

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

               Total borrowed funds

 

 

814,499

 

 

19,407

 

 

3.18

%

 

407,509

 

 

12,974

 

 

4.26

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

                    Total interest bearing liabilities

 

 

4,112,049

 

 

49,317

 

 

1.60

%

 

3,204,728

 

 

40,750

 

 

1.70

%

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

     Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

1,060,232

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

921,891

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Other liabilities

 

 

36,539

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Shareholders’ equity

 

 

426,281

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

389,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

5,635,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,603,793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income/earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.46

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.70

%

Interest expense/earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.25

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.27

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Tax equivalent net interest income/margin

 

 

30,408

 

 

204,226

 

 

5.21

%

 

 

 

 

173,818

 

 

5.43

%

Provision for credit losses
   charged to operations/earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

11,061

 

 

0.29

%

 

 

 

 

16,905

 

 

0.53

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Net interest margin after provision
   for credit losses on tax equivalent basis

 

 

 

 

 

193,165

 

 

4.92

%

 

 

 

 

156,913

 

 

4.90

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: tax equivalent income
   included in interest income from
   non-taxable securities and loans

 

 

 

 

 

4,766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

$

188,399

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

151,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans other than RALs

 

$

3,608,881

 

$

167,558

 

 

6.20

%

$

2,998,218

 

$

146,354

 

 

6.53

%

Consumer loans other than RALs

 

$

446,478

 

$

22,613

 

 

6.77

%

$

396,646

 

$

21,644

 

 

7.28

%


(1)

Income amounts are presented on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis. (See Note B)

(2)

Average securities balances are based on amortized historical cost, excluding SFAS 115 adjustments to fair value
which are included in other assets.

(3)

Nonaccrual loans are included in loan balances. Interest income includes related fee income.

(4)

Annualized.

43



TABLE 3—RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS (1) (2)
(dollars in thousands)

 

 

Three months ended
September 30, 2004 vs. September 30, 2003

 

Nine months ended
September 30, 2004 vs. September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

Increase (decrease) in:

 

Change in
Average

Balance

 

Change in
Income/

Expense

 

Rate

 

Volume

 

Change in
Average

Balance

 

Change in
Income/

Expense

 

Rate

 

Volume

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Money market instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

               Federal funds sold

 

 

$

3,525

 

 

 

$

59

 

 

$

48

 

$

11

 

 

$

(15,416

)

 

 

$

(209

)

 

$

(71

)

$

(138

)

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

                    Total money market investment

 

 

 

3,525

 

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

48

 

 

11

 

 

 

(15,416

)

 

 

 

(209

)

 

 

(71

)

 

(138

)

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

               Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                    Taxable

 

 

 

246,400

 

 

 

 

4,337

 

 

 

1,961

 

 

2,376

 

 

 

377,032

 

 

 

 

12,992

 

 

 

1,895

 

 

11,097

 

                    Non-taxable

 

 

 

2,818

 

 

 

 

(101

)

 

 

(165

)

 

64

 

 

 

12,846

 

 

 

 

328

 

 

 

(100

)

 

428

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

                    Total securities

 

 

 

249,218

 

 

 

 

4,236

 

 

 

1,796

 

 

2,440

 

 

 

389,878

 

 

 

 

13,320

 

 

 

1,795

 

 

11,525

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

          Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

               Commercial (including leasing)

 

 

 

160,400

 

 

 

 

4,126

 

 

 

1,538

 

 

2,588

 

 

 

117,524

 

 

 

 

8,005

 

 

 

2,356

 

 

5,649

 

               Real estate-multi family & nonres

 

 

 

427,873

 

 

 

 

6,588

 

 

 

(338

)

 

6,926

 

 

 

317,073

 

 

 

 

10,580

 

 

 

(17

)

 

10,597

 

               Real estate-residential 1-4 family

 

 

 

119,069

 

 

 

 

973

 

 

 

(737

)

 

1,710

 

 

 

121,001

 

 

 

 

1,659

 

 

 

(809

)

 

2,468

 

               Consumer loans

 

 

 

73,814

 

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

(647

)

 

1,209

 

 

 

24,276

 

 

 

 

5,629

 

 

 

3,213

 

 

2,416

 

               Other loans

 

 

 

5,263

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(21

)

 

22

 

 

 

5,233

 

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(27

)

 

18

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

                    Total loans

 

 

 

786,419

 

 

 

 

12,250

 

 

 

(205

)

 

585,107

 

 

 

25,864

 

 

 

 

4,716

 

 

 

12,455

 

 

21,148

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

Total earning assets

 

 

 

1,039,162

 

 

 

 

16,545

 

 

 

1,639

 

 

959,569

 

 

 

38,975

 

 

 

 

6,440

 

 

 

14,906

 

 

32,535

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Savings and interest bearing
             transaction accounts

 

 

 

323,417

 

 

 

 

1,008

 

 

 

490

 

 

518

 

 

 

297,676

 

 

 

 

800

 

 

 

(61

)

 

861

 

          Time certificates of deposit

 

 

 

275,067

 

 

 

 

1,526

 

 

 

123

 

 

1,403

 

 

 

202,655

 

 

 

 

1,334

 

 

 

(301

)

 

1,635

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

                    Total interest bearing deposits

 

 

 

598,484

 

 

 

 

2,534

 

 

 

613

 

 

1,921

 

 

 

500,331

 

 

 

 

2,134

 

 

 

(362

)

 

2,496

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

Borrowed funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Repos and Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

18,120

 

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

98

 

 

43

 

 

 

47,458

 

 

 

 

356

 

 

 

6

 

 

350

 

          Other borrowings

 

 

 

346,598

 

 

 

 

2,711

 

 

 

(553

)

 

3,264

 

 

 

359,532

 

 

 

 

6,077

 

 

 

(577

)

 

6,654

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

               Total borrowed funds

 

 

 

364,718

 

 

 

 

2,852

 

 

 

(455

)

 

3,307

 

 

 

406,990

 

 

 

 

6,433

 

 

 

(571

)

 

7,004

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

     Total interest bearing liabilities

 

 

$

963,202

 

 

 

 

5,386

 

 

 

158

 

 

5,228

 

 

$

907,321

 

 

 

 

8,567

 

 

 

(933

)

 

9,500

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 



 

 

 



 

 



 



 

Tax Equivalent Net Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

11,159

 

 

$

1,481

 

$

9,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

30,408

 

 

$

7,373

 

$

23,035

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans other than RALs

 

 

$

783,912

 

 

 

$

12,243

 

 

$

(77

)

$

12,320

 

 

$

610,663

 

 

 

$

21,204

 

 

$

230

 

$

20,974

 

Consumer loans other than RALs

 

 

$

71,307

 

 

 

$

555

 

 

$

(650

)

$

1,205

 

 

$

49,832

 

 

 

$

969

 

 

$

(306

)

$

1,275

 


(1)

Income amounts are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis.

(2)

The change not solely due to volume or rate has been prorated into rate and volume components.

 

     The proration is done based on the relative amounts of the rate and volume variances prior to the proration.

Measuring Interest Rate Sensitivity

Because such large proportions of the Company’s balance sheet are made up of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and because such a large proportion of its earnings is dependent on the spread between interest earned and interest paid, it is critical that the Company measure and manage the sensitivity of the value of its financial instruments and its earnings to changes in interest rates. Measurement may be done by estimating the impact of hypothetical changes in interest rates on net economic value and on net interest income over the next twelve months. Net economic value is the net present value of the cash flows arising from assets and liabilities discounted at their acquired rate plus or minus the specified assumed changes in rates.

44



Estimating changes in net interest income or net economic value from increases or decreases in balances is relatively straightforward. Estimating changes that would result from increases or decreases in interest rates is substantially more difficult. Estimation is complicated by a number of factors:  (1) some financial instruments have interest rates that are fixed for their term, others that vary with rates, and still others that are fixed for a period and then reprice using then current rates; (2) the rates paid on some deposit accounts are set by contract e.g. certificates of deposit—while others are priced at the option of the Company according to then current market conditions e.g. checking and savings; (3) the rates for some loans vary with the market, but only within a limited range because of periodic or lifetime caps or floors (Note L); (4) consumers may prepay loans or withdraw deposits if interest rates move to their disadvantage, effectively forcing a repricing sooner than would be called for by the contractual terms of the instrument; and (5) external interest rates which are used as indices for various products offered by the Company do not change at the same time or to the same extent as the Federal Reserve Board’s target Federal funds rate, the usual reference rate.

To address the complexity resulting from these and other factors, a standard practice developed in the industry is to compute the impacts of hypothetical interest rate “shocks” on the Company’s asset and liability balances. A shock is an immediate change in all interest rates. The resulting impacts indicate how much of the Company’s net interest income and net economic value are “at risk” (would deviate from the base level—Note I) if rates were to change in this manner. Although interest rates normally would not change suddenly in this manner, this exercise is valuable in identifying exposures to risk and in providing comparability both with other institutions and between periods.

The results reported below for the Company’s September 30, 2003, December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004 balances indicate that the Company’s net interest income at risk over a one year period and net economic value at risk from 2% shocks are within normal expectations for such sudden changes, and that changes from these shock are relatively minimal, i.e., as explained below, the Company’s risk position is slightly “asset-sensitive.”

TABLE 4—RATE SENSITIVITY (Note K)

 

 

Shocked by -2%

 

Shocked by +2%

 

 

 


 


 

As of September 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

     Net interest income

 

(5.22

)%

 

+3.54

%

 

     Net economic value

 

+3.20

%

 

(8.63

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Net interest income

 

(6.25

)%

 

+3.22

%

 

     Net economic value

 

+18.87

%

 

(8.01

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Net interest income

 

(11.32

)%

 

+3.92

%

 

     Net economic value

 

+16.86

%

 

(1.56

)%

 

In general, differences in the results from one period to the next are due to changes in (1) the maturities and/or repricing opportunities of the financial instruments held; (2) the assumptions used regarding how responsive the rates for specific instruments are to the hypothetical 2% change in market rates; and (3) the assumptions used regarding prepayments and early withdrawals on loans and deposits, respectively. 

Because the measurement period for changes in net interest income is one year, the impact on net interest income from these hypothetical changes in interest rates will depend on whether more assets or liabilities will reprice within the twelve-month period. An asset or liability reprices because either (a) it matures or is sold and is replaced with a new asset or liability priced at current market rates or (b) its contractual terms call for a periodic resetting or repricing of the interest rate. If the Company has more assets repricing within one year than it has liabilities, then net interest income will increase with increases in rates and decrease as rates decline. The opposite effects will be observed if more liabilities than assets reprice in the next twelve months. 

45



The Company has a slightly asset-sensitive interest rate risk position. The change in its interest rate position from December 31, 2003 to September 30, 2004 is minimal. The addition of the assets and liabilities from the PCCI transaction did not change the position to any significant degree because PCCI’s interest rate risk position was similar to the Company’s interest rate risk position. 

There is very little difference in the Company’s interest rate sensitivity as of the dates shown above—the Company is shown as slightly asset sensitive. However, at June 30, 2004, the Company was at an essentially neutral position with respect to net interest income. With the issuance of some additional term debt and longer-term brokered CDs the Company incurred some additional interest expense but will benefit by their fixed rate when interest rates rise.

Repricing Opportunities

While the Company does not manage its interest rate risk by means of a gap analysis —a table showing the difference between assets and liabilities maturing or repricing in each period is known as a “gap analysis”—the following table is provided for the reader to help understand the comments above about the effect of changes in the relative balance of certain assets and liabilities on interest rate sensitivity. It summarizes the time periods in which maturities and or repricing opportunities occur for the major categories of assets and liabilities for September 30, 2004, and provides summary lines for December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2003. The cumulative gap and the cumulative gap as a percentage of total assets are also reported. A positive number indicates that assets maturing or repricing in that specific period exceed maturing or repricing liabilities. A negative number indicates the opposite. As of September 30, 2004, the only assets the Company had in the overnight column was the market value adjustments for available-for-sale securities. As the market value of securities are determined by the current interest rate environment any changes in interest rates would have an immediate change in their market values and the corresponding adjustment. The negative $176 million in the non-rate sensitive category is the unaccreted discount net of unamortized premium on the securities. These amounts do not change with interest rates, but instead are accreted or amortized by the level yield method over the term of the security. There is a large excess of liabilities over assets repricing in the next maturity period. Ordinarily, this would suggest that the Company is liability sensitive rather than asset sensitive as was stated in the preceding paragraph. However, this excess of liabilities over assets is an artifact of the assumption that all non-term deposit accounts could be repriced at any time. In fact these deposit accounts are not immediately repriced with each change in market interest rates, nor do they change to the same degree as market rates when they are repriced. Rather than drawing the conclusion of “asset sensitive” or “liability sensitive” from the table, a better use for it is to note that the Company has a wide distribution of maturities or repricing opportunities in both its assets and liabilities. There were no appreciable changes in this condition from September 30, 2003 to September 30, 2004.

46



TABLE 5— GAP TABLE

(dollars in thousands)

 

Immediate
or one day

 

2 day to
6 months

 

6 months
to
12 months

 

1 year
to 3 years

 

3 years
to 5
years

 

More
than
5 years

 

Total rate
sensitive

 

Total
non-rate
sensitive

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

128,158

 

$

128,158

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities

 

 

 

21,045

 

 

 

157,755

 

 

150,025

 

 

441,395

 

 

192,287

 

 

679,249

 

 

1,641,756

 

 

(176,171

)

 

1,465,585

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,050,241

 

 

375,843

 

 

933,256

 

 

390,122

 

 

160,723

 

 

3,910,185

 

 

7,760

 

 

3,917,945

 

Allowance for loan
   and lease losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(52,169

)

 

(52,169

)

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

345,521

 

 

345,521

 

 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total assets

 

 

$

21,045

 

 

$

2,207,996

 

$

525,868

 

$

1,374,651

 

$

582,409

 

$

839,972

 

$

5,551,941

 

$

253,099

 

$

5,805,040

 

 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,701,746

 

$

370,573

 

$

250,992

 

$

92,885

 

$

1,037

 

$

4,417,233

 

$

 

$

4,417,233

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

229,754

 

 

123,754

 

 

361,967

 

 

104,158

 

 

73,000

 

 

892,633

 

 

 

 

892,633

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39,109

 

 

39,109

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

456,065

 

 

456,065

 

 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,931,500

 

$

494,327

 

$

612,959

 

$

197,043

 

$

74,037

 

$

5,309,866

 

$

495,174

 

$

5,805,040

 

 

 

 



 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gap

 

 

$

21,045

 

 

$

(1,723,504

)

$

31,541

 

$

761,692

 

$

385,366

 

$

765,935

 

$

242,075

 

 

(242,075

)

 

 

Cumulative gap

 

 

$

21,045

 

 

$

(1,702,459

)

$

(1,670,918

)

$

(909,226

)

$

(523,860

)

$

242,075

 

$

242,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative gap/
   total assets

 

 

 

0.36

%

 

 

-29.33

%

 

-28.78

%

 

-15.66

%

 

-9.02

%

 

4.17

%

 

4.17

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gap

 

 

$

22,447

 

 

$

(1,592,109

)

$

192,214

 

$

695,877

 

$

272,092

 

$

725,493

 

$

316,014

 

$

(316,014

)

 

 

Cumulative gap

 

 

$

22,477

 

 

$

(1,569,662

)

$

(1,377,448

)

$

(681,571

)

$

(409,479

)

$

316,014

 

$

316,014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative gap/
   total assets

 

 

 

0.46

%

 

 

-32.30

%

 

-28.34

%

 

-14.03

%

 

-8.43

%

 

6.50

%

 

6.50

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gap

 

 

$

14,529

 

 

$

(1,504,333

)

$

217,473

 

$

705,666

 

$

287,712

 

$

567,682

 

$

288,729

 

$

(288,729

)

$

 

Cumulative gap

 

 

$

14,529

 

 

$

(1,489,804

)

$

(1,272,331

)

$

(566,665

)

$

(278,953

)

$

288,729

 

$

288,729

 

$

 

$

 

Cumulative gap/
   total assets

 

 

 

0.31

%

 

 

-31.55

%

 

-26.95

%

 

-12.00

%

 

-5.91

%

 

6.12

%

 

6.12

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

Note: Securities are listed by their maturity or any repricing prior to maturity.

The Impact of Changes in Interest Rates on the Value of Financial Instruments

In addition to the impact on net interest income that arises from changes in market rates, such changes impact the value of fixed rate financial instruments. The market value of fixed rate securities or loans increase as rates decline because the fixed rate is then higher than the current market level. Conversely the market value declines when rates rise because the instrument is earning at a lower rate than the current level. In other words, the price of the security or loan changes in response to changes in market rates to bring the effective yield on the instrument approximately equal to the rate on new instruments. The longer the maturity of the asset, the more sensitive is its market value to changes in interest rates, because the mismatch of the instrument’s coupon rate will differ from the market rate for a longer time. The market value of fixed rate liabilities changes in exactly the opposite manner. For example, they are less valuable (more costly) to the Company when rates decline because the Company must continue to pay the higher rate until they mature.

47



As indicated above, net economic value in the context of interest rate risk measurement, is the sum of the net present value of the cash flows associated with the Company’s financial assets and liabilities. The net economic value of truly variable rate instruments does not change with increases or decreases in rates because their rates change with the market. Therefore the Company’s net economic value increases or decreases as interest rates change depending on the relative proportion and maturities of fixed rate assets and liabilities and the relative terms of these instruments. The Company has more fixed rate assets than liabilities and they generally have longer maturities. Therefore, it is expected that the net economic value of the Company’s portfolio will decrease when rates rise and increase when rates decline.

It is also expected that the percentage change in the net economic value resulting from a given change in interest rates would be greater than the percentage change in the net interest income. This occurs because the expected change in net interest income is measured only over the next twelve months while the change in net economic value is the present value of the cash flows over the entire maturity terms of the assets and liabilities.

Nonparallel Responses to Interest Rate Changes

Financial instruments do not respond in parallel fashion to rising or falling interest rates. This can cause an asymmetry in the magnitude of changes in net interest income and net economic value resulting from the hypothetical increases and decreases in rates. In other words, as can be seen in Table 4, the same percentage of increase and decrease in the hypothetical interest rate will not necessarily cause the same percentage change in net interest income or net economic value. An asymmetrical or nonparallel response occurs because various contractual limits and non-contractual factors come into play. An example of a contractual limit is the “interest rate cap” on some residential real estate loans, which may limit the amount that the loan rate may increase, but not limit the amount it may decrease. Examples of a non-contractual factor are the assumption of the extent to which rates paid on administered accounts would be changed by the Company were market rates to go up or down by 200 basis points, and the fact that interest rates on assets currently earning less than 2% cannot be reduced by 2%.

In addition, the degree of asymmetry can change as the base rate changes from period to period and as there are changes in the Company’s product mix. For example, if savings accounts are paying 4% when one measures the impact of a 2% decrease in market rates, the measured responsiveness of the rate paid on these accounts to that decrease will be greater than the responsiveness if the current rate is 3% when the measurement is done. This is because the Company cannot assume that it will be able to lower the rates paid on these deposits as much from a 3% base as from a 4% base while it can assume a full 2% increase from either base. Another example of non-contractual factors coming into play relates to consumer variable rate loans that have interest rate caps. To the extent those loans are a larger proportion of the portfolio than in a previous period, the caps on loan rates would have more of an adverse impact on the overall result if rates were to rise. Similarly, if interest rates have increased substantially from the initial rate on these loans, the current rate may be close to their life-time cap and further rises in market rates will have limited effect.

For these measurements, the Company makes certain assumptions that significantly impact the results. The most significant assumption is the use of a “forecasted” balance sheet—the Company applies the interest rate shocks to what it forecasts its balance sheet to look like over the horizon covered by the calculation. This forecast projects changes in the size or mix of the various assets and liabilities based on information supplied by the Company’s business unit managers. However, due to changes in interest rates or other business conditions, the Company will not always follow the forecast in making business decisions and the size and mix of the various asset and liability balances may be different than the forecast. Additional assumptions include the duration of the Company’s non-maturity deposits because they have no contractual maturity, and the extent to which the Company would adjust the rates paid on its administered rate deposits as external yields change. As mentioned above, changes in assumptions regarding the extent to which deposit rates would be raised or lowered in the event of a 200 basis point increase or decrease and to changes in the assumptions with respect to prepayment speeds on residential mortgages are part of the reason for the difference in the amount of changes to net income and economic value in response to 200 basis point shocks shown in Table 4 between December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2004.

48



As interest rates change, the assumptions regarding responsiveness to further change must be reviewed, and any changes will affect the computed results. These assumptions are reviewed each quarter and are changed as deemed appropriate to reflect the best information available to Management.

The Company’s exposure to the various types of  interest rate risk and how it addresses these risks is discussed in more detail in Management’s Discussion and Analysis in the 2003 10-K.

DEPOSITS AND RELATED INTEREST EXPENSE

While occasionally there may be slight decreases in average deposits from one quarter to the next, the overall trend is one of growth as shown in Chart 1. As noted in the discussion accompanying that chart, there is a significant increase in deposits during the first quarter of each year related to the tax refund programs. These deposits include brokered certificates of deposit used to fund the tax refund loans and uncleared checks issued in connection with RAL and RT transactions (Note D). Generally these brokered CDs have a term of only one month, and consequently the amounts at each of the quarter-ends shown in Table 6 are minimal. The Company also uses brokered certificates of deposit to help manage its interest rate risk. At September 30, 2004, December 31, 2003, and September 30, 2003, deposits used for this purpose totaled $28.5 million, $28.6 million, and $46.6 million, respectively. At September 30, 2004, an additional $131.9 million was used for funding of the leverage strategy mentioned above and $32.3 million was used for the purchase of PCCI. The brokered CDs used for these purposes have a term of several years and bear a higher interest rate than other deposits and the rate paid on time deposits, as shown in Tables 2A and 2B, reflect this higher rate.

The table below shows the major categories of deposits as of September 30, 2004 and 2003 and as of December 31, 2003.

TABLE 6—CATEGORIES OF DEPOSITS

(dollars in thousands)

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

September 30,
2003

 

 

 


 


 


 

Noninterest bearing deposits

 

 

$

992,351

 

 

 

$

924,106

 

 

 

$

878,346

 

 

Interest bearing deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     NOW accounts

 

 

 

802,553

 

 

 

 

556,740

 

 

 

 

471,704

 

 

     Money market deposit accounts

 

 

 

726,149

 

 

 

 

803,554

 

 

 

 

885,145

 

 

     Other savings deposits

 

 

 

416,151

 

 

 

 

272,883

 

 

 

 

285,702

 

 

     Time certificates of $100,000 or more

 

 

 

962,711

 

 

 

 

834,819

 

 

 

 

764,878

 

 

     Other time deposits

 

 

 

517,318

 

 

 

 

462,615

 

 

 

 

445,600

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

          Total deposits

 

 

$

4,417,233

 

 

 

$

3,854,717

 

 

 

$

3,731,375

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

49



The table below shows the interest expense for the major categories of deposits for the three and six-month periods ended September 30, 2004 and 2003.

TABLE 7—INTEREST EXPENSE FOR CATEGORIES OF DEPOSITS

 

 

Interest Expense for the

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Three-Month Periods
Ended September 30,

 

Nine-Month Periods
Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

NOW accounts

 

$

1,117

 

 

$

154

 

 

$

2,262

 

 

$

387

 

 

Money market deposit accounts

 

 

1,589

 

 

 

2,025

 

 

 

4,775

 

 

 

6,788

 

 

Other savings deposits

 

 

736

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

1,737

 

 

 

799

 

 

Time certificates of $100,000 or more

 

 

4,728

 

 

 

3,290

 

 

 

12,863

 

 

 

10,724

 

 

Other time deposits

 

 

2,854

 

 

 

2,766

 

 

 

8,273

 

 

 

9,078

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

 




 



 

 

Total interest on deposits

 

$

11,024

 

 

$

8,490

 

 

$

29,910

 

 

$

27,776

 

 

 

 



 

 



 

 




 



 

 

LOANS AND RELATED INTEREST INCOME

The table in Note 5, “Loans and the Allowance for Credit Losses,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements shows the balances by loan type for September 30, 2004, December 31, 2003, and September 30, 2003. The end-of-period loan balances as of September 30, 2004 have increased by $737.0 million compared to December 31, 2003 and increased by $848.0 million compared to June 30, 2003. The major dollar increase from the totals at September 30, 2003 to September 30, 2004 occurred in the non-residential and multifamily loan type, with significant changes as well in commercial, 1-4 family residential and leasing. Almost all of the increase in the non-residential and multi-family loan type for both periods and about half of the increase in the commercial category from December 31, 2003 to September 30, 2004 were due to the March 5, 2004 PCCI acquisition.

Within the average balance of consumer loans in Tables 2A and 2B are some of the tax refund loans. About 85% or more of tax refund loans are made in the first quarter of each year with the remainder in the second quarter. Tax refund loans that were sold into the securitization and the fees charged on those loans were excluded from Tables 2A and 2B. The average balances for these loans included in Tables 2A and 2B are shown in Table 20.

Average yield for loans for the three-month period ended September 30, 2004 was 6.30%, and for the three-month period ended September 30, 2003 was 6.31%. These average yields are impacted by the RAL loans included in Table 2A among the consumer loans. Because outstanding RAL balances are very low after the third quarter of each year, excluding RALs had no impact on yields between the third quarters of 2004 and 2003—the yields were identical to the figures with RALs at 6.30% and 6.31%. That yields changed virtually not at all between 2003 and 2004 is reflective of the fact that average loan rates lag the changes in market interest rates. Only loans that are originated or are contractually repriced during the quarter show the impact of the FOMC increases or increases in other indices. Most consumer and many business loans have fixed rates until maturity or for some portion of their term. With rates only beginning to rise in the second quarter of 2004, overall loan rates will likely not show an increase until the fourth quarter.

Approximately half of the residential real estate loans held are fixed rate loans. In addition to the fixed rate loans, the Company also holds adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”). Some of these ARMs have initial “teaser” rates. The yield increases for these loans as the teaser rates expire. Applicants for these loans are qualified based on the fully-indexed rate.

CREDIT QUALITY AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The Allowance for Credit Losses represents Management’s estimate of the probable losses in the loan and lease portfolios. The Company is required by regulation, generally accepted accounting principles, and safe and sound banking practices to maintain an allowance that is adequate to absorb losses that are inherent in the portfolio of loans and leases, including those not yet identified. The methodology used to determine the adequacy of the allowance for credit loss is discussed in detail in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the 2003 10-K. This methodology involves estimating the amount of credit loss inherent in each of the loan and lease portfolios by taking into account such factors as historical charge-off rates, economic conditions, and concentrations by industry, geography, and collateral type. In addition, generally accepted accounting principles require the establishment of a valuation allowance for impaired loans as described in Note 5, “Loans and the Allowance for Credit Losses,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

50



The Company includes as “potential problem loans” loans that are generally still performing according to contractual terms, i.e. the customer is making principal and interest payments on time, or at most they are one or two months delinquent in their payments, but for which the Company is aware of factors specific to the loans which cause heightened concern regarding eventual payment. Examples of such factors would be declining sales for a business customer or loss of a job for a consumer customer.  The factor or situation may be potential but if it occurs, it is probable that the customer will not be able to continue to perform according to the contract terms, or it may be the factor or situation which has been identified as a potential weakness has occurred, is well defined, and continuation of the situation will reasonably be expected to cause default by the customer.

The table below shows total potential problem loans and nonperforming loans as of each of the last six quarters. Also included in the table are the net charge-offs, allowance, and provision expense. The top half of the table discloses the figures for all loans. All RALs outstanding at June 30 and September 30, 2004 are included in the balances of potential problem loans as of those  dates. The bottom half discloses the figures for loans other than RALs. This disclosure is provided because in relating the credit quality statistics disclosed in Table 10 to the economy, the impact of RALs tends to obscure the trends of other loans, as the seasonal patterns of this program are unrelated to the economic cycle. The discussion of the trends that follows Table 8 addresses the second half of the table, the portion that excludes RALs. Because the factors impacting the credit quality issues for the RAL program are unique to that program, they are discussed separately in the section below titled “Refund Anticipation Loan and Refund Transfer Programs.”

TABLE 8—POTENTIAL PROBLEM AND NONPERFORMING LOANS, NET CHARGE-OFFS, ALLOWANCE, AND PROVISION

 

 

September 30,

 

June 30,

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

September 30,

 

June 30,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2004

 

2004

 

2004

 

2003

 

2003

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Including RAL:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Potential problem loans

 

 

$

102,452

 

 

$

98,979

 

 

$

78,026

 

 

 

$

92,435

 

 

 

$

96,266

 

 

$

117,536

 

Nonperforming loans

 

 

$

24,146

 

 

$

23,609

 

 

$

35,267

 

 

 

$

43,175

 

 

 

$

45,316

 

 

$

54,369

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

$

(1,053

)

 

$

5,607

 

 

$

10,034

 

 

 

$

4,822

 

 

 

$

(307

)

 

$

6,596

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

$

52,169

 

 

$

48,376

 

 

$

53,246

 

 

 

$

49,550

 

 

 

$

52,991

 

 

$

50,031

 

Provision expense for loans

 

 

$

2,740

 

 

$

737

 

 

$

7,584

 

 

 

$

1,381

 

 

 

$

2,653

 

 

$

2,635

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exclusive of RAL:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Potential problem loans

 

 

$

101,040

 

 

$

95,990

 

 

$

78,026

 

 

 

$

92,435

 

 

 

$

96,266

 

 

$

117,536

 

Nonperforming loans

 

 

$

24,146

 

 

$

23,609

 

 

$

35,267

 

 

 

$

43,175

 

 

 

$

45,316

 

 

$

54,369

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

$

(1,052

)

 

$

4,257

 

 

$

2,718

 

 

 

$

5,800

 

 

 

$

1,328

 

 

$

2,573

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

 

$

51,880

 

 

$

48,088

 

 

$

51,608

 

 

 

$

49,550

 

 

 

$

52,991

 

 

$

50,031

 

Provision expense for loans

 

 

$

2,740

 

 

$

737

 

 

$

(1,370

)

 

 

$

2,359

 

 

 

$

4,288

 

 

$

(1,299

)

Nonperforming loans have decreased over $30.2 million or 55.6% over the last five quarters. Resolution of some large nonperforming credits has come by sale, charge-off, and payoff. These resolutions have been discussed in previous quarterly reports.

Over the quarters reported in Table 8, potential problem loans have varied from 3.92% of total loans at June 30, 2003, to 2.14% of total loans at March 31, 2004. As of September 30, 2003, they represent 2.58% of total loans. This amount is regarded by Management as a “normal” or expected amount.

51



The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for all adversely graded loans by classification as of September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003. There is no allocation of allowance in this table to RAL loans at December 31, 2003 because the Company held no RALs at that date. The RAL loans outstanding at September 30, 2004 are all classified as substandard. Consequently the whole amount of the RAL allowance of $289,000 at September 30, 2004 is included in the allocation for substandard loans.

TABLE 9—ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 

Doubtful

 

 

$

3,751

 

 

 

$

4,108

 

 

Substandard

 

 

 

9,205

 

 

 

 

13,967

 

 

Special Mention

 

 

 

6,096

 

 

 

 

4,521

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Total

 

 

$

19,052

 

 

 

$

22,596

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Table 10 shows the amounts of nonperforming loans and nonperforming assets for the Company at the end of the third quarter of 2004 and at the end of the previous four quarters. A set of standard credit quality ratios for the Company and its peers is also provided. Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and foreclosed collateral (generally real estate). There is no standard industry definition for “potential problem loans” so while the Company’s totals for the last six quarters are shown in Table 8, peer comparisons are not available.

As with Table 8, the Company’s ratios are computed both with and without RALs, the allowance related specifically to RALs, and charged-off RALs. Again, with only two other banks having nationwide RAL programs, Management believes that better comparability of credit quality performance may be obtained by reviewing credit quality exclusive of the impact of the RAL program.

52



TABLE 10—ASSET QUALITY *

(dollars in thousands)

 

September 30,
2004

 

June 30,
2004

 

March 31,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

September 30,
2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

COMPANY AMOUNTS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans delinquent
   90 days or more

 

 

2,030

 

 

 

2,310

 

 

 

506

 

 

 

763

 

 

 

1,117

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

 

 

22,116

 

 

 

 

21,299

 

 

 

 

34,761

 

 

 

 

42,412

 

 

 

 

44,199

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

 

 

24,146

 

 

 

 

23,609

 

 

 

 

35,267

 

 

 

 

43,175

 

 

 

 

45,316

 

 

Foreclosed collateral

 

 

 

2,910

 

 

 

 

2,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

 

$

27,056

 

 

 

$

26,519

 

 

 

$

35,267

 

 

 

$

43,175

 

 

 

$

45,316

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Allowance for credit losses
   other than RALs

 

 

$

51,880

 

 

 

$

48,088

 

 

 

$

51,608

 

 

 

$

49,550

 

 

 

$

52,991

 

 

Allowance for RALs

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

 

288

 

 

 

 

1,638

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Total allowance

 

 

$

52,169

 

 

 

$

48,376

 

 

 

$

53,246

 

 

 

$

49,550

 

 

 

$

52,991

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY RATIOS (Including RALs):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage ratio of allowance
   for credit losses to total loans

 

 

 

1.33

%

 

 

 

1.29

%

 

 

 

1.44

%

 

 

 

1.56

%

 

 

 

1.73

%

 

Coverage ratio of allowance
   for credit losses to nonperforming loans

 

 

 

216

%

 

 

 

205

%

 

 

 

151

%

 

 

 

115

%

 

 

 

117

%

 

Ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans

 

 

 

0.62

%

 

 

 

0.63

%

 

 

 

0.95

%

 

 

 

1.36

%

 

 

 

1.48

%

 

Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets

 

 

 

0.47

%

 

 

 

0.47

%

 

 

 

0.63

%

 

 

 

0.89

%

 

 

 

0.96

%

 

Ratio of allowance for credit losses to potential
   problem loans and nonperforming loans

 

 

 

41.21

%

 

 

 

39.46

%

 

 

 

47.00

%

 

 

 

36.54

%

 

 

 

37.43

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPANY RATIOS (Exclusive of RALs):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage ratio of allowance
   for credit losses to total loans

 

 

 

1.32

%

 

 

 

1.29

%

 

 

 

1.42

%

 

 

 

1.56

%

 

 

 

1.73

%

 

Coverage ratio of allowance
   for credit losses to nonperforming loans

 

 

 

215

%

 

 

 

204

%

 

 

 

146

%

 

 

 

115

%

 

 

 

117

%

 

Ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans

 

 

 

0.62

%

 

 

 

0.63

%

 

 

 

0.97

%

 

 

 

1.36

%

 

 

 

1.48

%

 

Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets

 

 

 

0.47

%

 

 

 

0.47

%

 

 

 

0.67

%

 

 

 

0.89

%

 

 

 

0.96

%

 

Ratio of allowance for credit losses to potential
   problem loans and nonperforming loans

 

 

 

41.44

%

 

 

 

40.21

%

 

 

 

45.55

%

 

 

 

36.54

%

 

 

 

37.43

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FDIC PEER GROUP RATIOS: (Note C)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coverage ratio of allowance for
   credit losses to total loans

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

1.52

%

 

 

 

1.58

%

 

 

 

1.65

%

 

 

 

1.63

%

 

Coverage ratio of allowance for
   credit losses to nonperforming loans

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

190

%

 

 

 

179

%

 

 

 

173

%

 

 

 

164

%

 

Ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

0.80

%

 

 

 

0.88

%

 

 

 

0.95

%

 

 

 

0.99

%

 

Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

0.56

%

 

 

 

0.63

%

 

 

 

0.65

%

 

 

 

0.68

%

 

*  The amounts for total loans and total assets with and without RAL for September 30, 2004, June 30, and March 31, 2004 are reconciled in Table 24. There are no differences for the other quarters in this table.

Shown for both the Company and its peers are the coverage ratio of the allowance to total loans and the ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans. While the Company does not determine its allowance for credit loss by attempting to achieve particular target ratios, the Company nonetheless computes its ratios and compares them with peer ratios as a check on its methodology. Also shown for comparative purposes are the Company and peer ratios of nonperforming loans to total loans and nonperforming assets to total assets.

53



When the economy is changing, comparing the Company’s ratios at the end of the current quarter with peers’ ratios at the end of the prior quarter must be done cautiously. The Company’s allowance as of the end of the current quarter may reflect impacts from the economy on the Company’s borrowers that will only become apparent in the peer statistics when they are published near the end of the next quarter.

The ratio of allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans is a common ratio reported for banks. Excluding RALs, the Company’s ratio of allowance for credit losses compared to nonperforming loans at September 30, 2004 (215%) was higher than the ratio for its peers (190%) at June 30, 2004. While this is a common statistic used in comparing banks’ asset quality profile, it is important to keep in mind that the allowance is not provided just for nonperforming loans and that some nonperforming loans do not require an allowance. Approximately $9.3 million of the $24.1 million in nonperforming loans are comprised of three specific loans. While they are not performing according to their contractual terms, because of collateral coverage the Company does not expect to incur any loss of principal from these loans and consequently it has concluded that providing an allowance for them is not necessary.

The following table shows the types of loans included among nonperforming and potential problem loans as of September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003.

TABLE 11—NONPERFORMING AND OTHER POTENTIAL PROBLEM LOANS

 

 

September 30, 2004

 

December 31, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Nonperforming
Loans

 

Potential Problem
Loans other than
Nonperforming

 

Nonperforming
Loans

 

Potential Problem
Loans other than
Nonperforming

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Construction and land development

 

 

$

20

 

 

 

$

2,926

 

 

 

$

6,190

 

 

 

$

8,204

 

 

     Agricultural

 

 

 

2,858

 

 

 

 

9,491

 

 

 

 

2,899

 

 

 

 

9,699

 

 

     Home equity lines

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

282

 

 

 

 

751

 

 

          1-4 family mortgage

 

 

 

2,105

 

 

 

 

1,239

 

 

 

 

6,132

 

 

 

 

4,946

 

 

     Multifamily

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

 

6,179

 

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

 

626

 

 

     Non-residential, nonfarm

 

 

 

1,226

 

 

 

 

29,595

 

 

 

 

5,003

 

 

 

 

25,585

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

13,832

 

 

 

 

40,088

 

 

 

 

19,723

 

 

 

 

32,450

 

 

Leases

 

 

 

2,205

 

 

 

 

5,735

 

 

 

 

966

 

 

 

 

4,025

 

 

Other Consumer Loans

 

 

 

1,623

 

 

 

 

4,988

 

 

 

 

1,770

 

 

 

 

5,237

 

 

Other

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

747

 

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

 

912

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

     Total

 

 

24,146

 

 

 

$

101,040

 

 

 

43,175

 

 

 

$

92,435

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

54



Charge-offs

Table 12 shows the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans both with and without RALs.

TABLE 12—RATIO OF NET CHARGE-OFFS TO AVERAGE LOANS*

 

 

2004 YTD
Annualized

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Pacific Capital Bancorp
   (including tax refund loans)

 

 

 

0.52

%

 

 

 

0.72

%

 

 

 

0.50

%

 

 

 

0.48

%

 

 

 

0.46

%

Pacific Capital Bancorp
   (excluding tax refund loans)

 

 

 

0.22

%

 

 

 

0.46

%

 

 

 

0.44

%

 

 

 

0.33

%

 

 

 

0.33

%

FDIC Peers (Note C)

 

 

 

0.51

%

 

 

 

0.59

%

 

 

 

0.88

%

 

 

 

1.03

%

 

 

 

0.70

%

* The amounts for average total loans with and without RALs are reconciled in Table 21.

Conclusion

The amount of allowance for credit losses allocated to nonperforming loans, potential problem loans, impaired loans and to all other loans are determined based on the factors and methodology discussed in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company’s 2003 10-K. Based on these considerations, Management believes that the allowance for credit losses at September 30, 2004 represents its best estimate of the allowance necessary to cover the probable losses incurred in the loan and lease portfolios as of that date.

As discussed in Notes 1 and 11 and in the section below titled “Operating Expense,” the Company has established a reserve for loan commitments and letters of credit. This reserve is separate from the allowance for credit losses. The activity in this reserve for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2003 and 2004 is shown in a table in Note 11.

FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD AND SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL

Cash that has not been invested is a nonearning asset, that is, it does not earn interest. Consequently, the Bank strives to maintain the minimum balances necessary for efficient operations. Cash in excess of the amount needed each day to fund loans, invest in securities, or cover deposit withdrawals is sold to other institutions as Federal funds or invested with other institutions on a collateralized basis as securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”). Federal funds sold are overnight unsecured borrowings between financial institutions. The reverse repurchase agreements are investments which are collateralized by securities or loans of the borrower and mature on a daily basis. The Company requires the investments to be over-collateralized by 102% for securities and 105% for loans.  The amount of Federal funds sold and reverse repurchase agreements purchased during the quarter is an indication of Management’s estimation during the quarter of immediate cash needs, the difference between funds supplied by depositors compared to funds lent to borrowers, and relative yields of alternative investment vehicles. At the relatively low rates available on these instruments during the third quarter of 2004, approximately 1.40%—the Company has kept minimal balances.

SECURITIES

Securities increased from $1.3 billion at the end of 2003 to $1.5 billion as of September 30, 2004. The increase was primarily due to mortgage-backed securities obtained in the PCCI purchase.

Between March 31, 2003 and December 31, 2003, the Company implemented a leveraging strategy involving the purchase of securities funded by additional borrowings. It is termed leveraging because the purchaser is increasing its assets without a corresponding increase in capital, hence leveraging its capital. The ideal manner for a financial institution to grow or to increase its net interest income is through adding deposits and investing the received funds in loans. This is ideal because the spread between the interest earned and paid is then maximized. However, with interest rates low, loan demand relatively weak, and customers unwilling to place their funds in longer-term CDs, the opportunities to grow in this manner were somewhat limited in 2003. The Company decided that the purchase of securities funded by the borrowings would provide some additional net interest income, even though the relatively thin spread between the earnings rate on the securities and the cost of the borrowings would negatively impact the net interest margin and return on average assets ratio.

55



Collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs) and mortgage backed securities (MBS) were purchased and funded by term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). The use of term debt to fund the purchases reduces the interest rate risk incurred by the purchase of the securities, because the spread between the assets and liabilities would be “locked in” for at least the term of the debt. The Company did not try to “match fund” the purchases—exactly match the term of the securities purchased and the debt incurred—because the spreads would then be too narrow. Because the Company had been asset sensitive as explained in the section titled “Interest Rate Sensitivity,” it could afford some mismatching of the maturities to obtain a wider spread in the interest income and expense.

During the second quarter of 2003, the Company purchased $300 million of MBS with funding obtained from the FHLB. The securities were purchased at yields of 3.25% to 3.50% with the funding costs at 1.25% to 1.75%. In the third quarter, $200 million in additional securities were purchased with yields of 3.40% to 4.80% with funding costs of 2.25% to 2.80%, the average spread was 1.72%. The underlying loans supporting these mortgage-backed securities are hybrid ARMS–mortgages that have a fixed rate for several years and then reprice in response to changes in market rates. Along with the fixed rate on the funding used to purchase the securities, the repricing characteristics of these securities provide the Company with some protection when interest rates rise (Note P).

In the second quarter of 2004, the Company added another $100 million in MBS at a spread of 1.85% to the FHLB advances used to fund the purchases.

Some of these securities were purchased at a premium. As with any purchased premium on securities, the premium is amortized against interest income over the life of the security. The amortization of premium lowers the carrying amount of the security to the par value that will be received at maturity and reduces the interest income earned. In the case of single maturity debt instruments like US Treasury securities, it is relatively simple to compute the amount of premium to be amortized each month to obtain a level effective yield. In the case of CMOs and MBS the calculation is more complicated. The amortization is based on the actual and estimated paydown of the principal. Prepayments by the mortgage customers accelerate the amortization of the premium in two ways. First, the premium associated with the balance paid off prematurely must immediately be amortized against income. Second, prepayment shortens the average life of the remaining outstanding amount of the security over which the remaining premium is to be amortized.

Prepayment speeds increased substantially during 2002 and the first half of 2003 as interest rates remained at relatively low levels. In the third quarter of 2003, the Company amortized approximately $2 million of premium. Some of this amortization was simply due to the normal payment by the borrowers of their principal payments, but the majority was due to prepayments. Most of the prepayments related to securities purchased in 2002 and early 2003, as prepayments are not typically received in the first months after their issue. While the FOMC lowered short-term rates in late June 2003, intermediate rates actually increased 1% higher than they were before short-term rates were dropped. Intermediate rates have fluctuated since then, but generally have remained higher. Premium amortization was $825,000 in the fourth quarter of 2003 and $997,000 in the first quarter of 2004, but increased to $2 million in the second quarter of 2004. The premium amortized in the third quarter was approximately $700,000. The increase in prepayments in the second quarter of 2004 was due to a temporary decrease in intermediate-term rates in the latter part of the first quarter of 2004 (Note N). The decrease in third quarter of 2004 appears related to an increase in intermediate term rates near the end of the second quarter . Assuming that the economy continues to improve, intermediate rates would be expected to remain high enough to keep prepayments lower than in 2003. This would stabilize or increase the effective yield of the securities. Changes in interest rates have no impact on the interest expense related to the borrowings used to purchase the securities because they have fixed rates.

As explained above, leveraging increases assets without a corresponding increase in capital. As explained below in the section titled “Capital Resources and Company Stock,” the Company has capital ratios substantially in excess of the standard for classification as well capitalized, and this position has not been eroded by the implementation of the strategy, as the amount of leverage added in this strategy is approximately 12% of the total assets. With loan balances increasing over the next several quarters, the Company expects that most proceeds from amortizing or maturing securities will be used to fund loan growth.

56



FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

Federal funds purchased are exactly the converse of Federal funds sold in that they are overnight borrowings from other financial institutions used by the Company as needed to manage its daily liquidity positions. At various times during each quarter, the Company may experience loans growing or other cash outflows occurring at a higher rate than cash inflows from deposit growth. In these situations, the Company first uses its short-term investments to provide the needed funds—see the section above on Federal funds sold—and then borrows funds overnight in the form of Federal funds purchased until cash flows are again balanced.

Small amounts of Federal funds are purchased from other local financial institutions as an accommodation to them, i.e. the Company provides the smaller institution with an opportunity to place funds at a better rate, for the relatively small amounts they sell, than they could obtain in the general market. The Company either earns a spread relative to the rate at which it can sell the funds or it reduces the expense on what it would otherwise have to borrow for its own liquidity needs.

As described in the previous section discussing securities purchased under agreements to sell, the Company uses reverse repurchase agreements as a means of investing short-term excess cash. While the Company could borrow money overnight in the same repurchase agreement market that it lends funds, it instead generally purchases Federal funds so as not to have to continually move collateral around between sellers of funds. However, the Company does use repurchase agreements as a “retail” product. Some customers that wish to place funds  in amounts that exceed FDIC deposit insurance coverage prefer this secured product. The funds are borrowed from customers for periods of one week to two months. In addition,  in the first quarter of each year as the Company uses repurchase agreements to borrow funds from other financial institutions to support the funding needs of the RAL program. Whether the repurchase agreements are with retail customers or other financial institutions, the borrowings are collateralized by securities held by the Company in its investment portfolios.

Table 13 indicates the average balances (dollars in millions), the rates for these borrowings and the proportions of total assets funded by them over the last seven quarters. The increased amounts in the first quarters of 2003 and 2004 are obvious in this table.

TABLE 13—FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
(dollars in millions)

Quarter Ended

 

Average
Outstanding

 

Average
Rate

 

Percentage of 
Average Total Assets

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March

2003

 

 

$

138.6

 

 

1.38

%

 

2.9

%

 

June

2003

 

 

 

32.8

 

 

0.87

%

 

0.7

%

 

September

2003

 

 

 

41.0

 

 

0.73

%

 

0.9

%

 

December

2003

 

 

 

56.8

 

 

0.88

%

 

1.2

%

 

March

2004

 

 

 

200.6

 

 

1.07

%

 

3.6

%

 

June

2004

 

 

 

94.6

 

 

0.95

%

 

1.7

%

 

September

2004

 

 

 

59.1

 

 

1.45

%

 

1.0

%

 

LONG-TERM DEBT, OTHER BORROWINGS, AND RELATED INTEREST EXPENSE

Treasury Tax and Loan demand notes, borrowings from the FRB, advances from the FHLB, and the senior and subordinated notes are reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as long-term debt and other borrowings.

Other Borrowings:

Treasury Tax and Loan demand notes are amounts received from customers that are due to the Internal Revenue Service for payroll and other taxes. Banks may immediately forward these funds to the IRS, or may retain the funds and pay interest on them. The Company elects to retain these funds.

57



As a backup source of short-term liquidity, banks may borrow funds from the FRB. The Company did not borrow funds from this source during the quarter.

Long-Term Debt:

The components of long-term debt at September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003 are shown in a table in Note 9.

The scheduled maturities of the FHLB advances are $146.3 million in 1 year or less, $349.5 million in 1 to 3 years, and $93.0 million in more than 3 years. The maturity of the Bancorp senior debt is July 2006. Of the Bank subordinated debt, $36 million matures in July 2011 and $35 million matures in December 2013.  The subordinated debt at Bancorp matures in 2033, but the notes are callable in part or in total by the Company in 2008.

Table 14 indicates the average balances that are outstanding (dollars in millions) and the rates and the proportion of total assets funded by long-term debt over the last seven quarters.

TABLE 14—LONG-TERM DEBT
(dollars in millions)

Quarter Ended

 

Average
Outstanding

 

Average
Rate

 

Percentage of
Average Total Assets

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March

2003

 

 

$

256.9

 

 

6.08

%

 

5.4

%

 

June

2003

 

 

 

322.3

 

 

5.13

%

 

7.3

%

 

September

2003

 

 

 

419.0

 

 

4.23

%

 

9.0

%

 

December

2003

 

 

 

461.1

 

 

4.03

%

 

9.6

%

 

March

2004

 

 

 

603.2

 

 

3.60

%

 

10.9

%

 

June

2004

 

 

 

706.1

 

 

3.37

%

 

12.6

%

 

September

2004

 

 

 

768.7

 

 

3.75

%

 

13.4

%

 

The Company uses long-term debt both to supplement other sources of funding for loan growth and as a means of mitigating the market risk incurred through the growth in fixed rate loans. One of the methods of managing interest rate risk is to match repricing characteristics of assets and liabilities. When fixed-rate assets are matched by similar term fixed-rate liabilities, the deterioration in the value of the asset when interest rates rise is offset by the benefit to the Company from holding the matching debt at lower than market rates. Most customers do not want CDs with maturities longer than a few years, but the Company can borrow funds from the FHLB at longer terms to match the loan maturities.  Also, as discussed in “Securities” above, the Company used advances from the FHLB to fund the purchases of securities for its leveraging strategy, which accounts for most of the growth over the last seven quarters.

The senior note issued by Bancorp and $36 million of the subordinated notes issued by the Bank were issued in July 2001. The subordinated debt was structured to qualify as Tier 2 regulatory capital both for the Bank and for the Company. It was issued to permit continued loan growth and expansion of the RAL program at the Bank. The proceeds from the senior debt provided cash to retire some of the Company’s outstanding shares, to refinance a short-term note issued in connection with an acquisition closed in 2000, and to fund some of the cash dividends during the last few quarters. This avoided the need to fund these dividends through dividends from the bank which would lower its capital.

In December 2003, the Bank issued another $35 million of subordinated debt both to partially fund the acquisition of PCCI and to supplement the Bank’s regulatory capital—like the other subordinated debt mentioned above, it qualifies as Tier 2 capital—for the addition of the PCCI assets.

58



The subordinated debt issued by Bancorp was assumed in connection with the March 5, 2004 PCCI acquisition. This debt is owed to the three business trust subsidiaries of Bancorp that were obtained in the PCCI acquisition and is comprised of the following: $13,750,000 owed to PCC Trust I, $6,190,000 owed to PCC Trust II, and $10,310,000 owed to PCC Trust III. Each of the three pieces of this subordinated debt will mature in 2033, but is callable by the Company in part or in total in 2008. The PCC Trust I debt has a fixed interest rate of 6.335% until 2008, after which the interest rate will float and reset quarterly at the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.25%. The PCC Trust II debt has a fixed interest rate of 6.58% until 2008, after which the interest rate will float and reset quarterly at the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.15%. The PCC Trust III debt has a fixed interest rate of 6.80% until 2008, after which the interest rate will float and reset quarterly at the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.10%.

As explained in Note 9, the Company obtained the master lease on a shopping center in which one of its branch offices is located. The payments related to the land are accounted for as an operating lease, while the payments related to the buildings are classified as a capital lease. Rather than providing for contingent adjustments based on the consumer price index, the lease provides for specific increases during its term.

NONINTEREST REVENUE

Noninterest revenue consists of income earned other than interest. On a year-to-date basis, the largest individual component of noninterest revenue is the fees earned on tax refund transfers. About 90% of these fees are recognized  in the first quarter as purchasers of this product tend to file their returns very early in the tax season. The amount recognized in the second quarter is substantially less, and virtually non-existent in the third and fourth quarters. These fees and other operating income and expense of the tax refund programs are explained below in the section titled “Refund Anticipation Loan and Refund Transfer Programs.” The $8.0 million gain on sale of RALs that occurred in the first quarter of 2003 and the $2.9 million gain on sale that occurred in the first quarter of 2004, are also discussed in detail in “Refund Anticipation Loan and Refund Transfer Programs.” They do not recur in subsequent quarters of the year because the securitization is completed prior to the end of the first quarter. There is no significance to the lower amount of gain in 2004 compared to 2003 other than that fewer loans were sold into the securitization in 2004 than in 2003.

Service charges on deposit accounts and trust and investment services fees are the next largest components of noninterest revenue. The fees from service charges on deposits include both monthly fees and overdraft fees. While they have increased along with the growth in deposit balances, they have not increased at the same rate.

In October 2003, the Company introduced a suite of no-fee checking products. In the year since introduction, the Company has added approximately $220 million in new deposits. The balances in these new accounts exceeded expectations which has meant that there have been less overdraft fees than were anticipated. The net result is a higher balance of low-interest deposits with less fees collected. If interest rates rise as anticipated over the next several quarters, the value of the low cost deposits will offset the lack of expected fees by an even greater margin.

Management fees on trust accounts are generally based on the market value of assets under administration, most of which are equity securities. Fees increased $156,000 or 4% from the same quarter a year ago.  The increase is due both to new accounts and to stronger equity markets.

Other service charges, commissions and fees include a variety of income items involving services provided to nondeposit customers. The total of such fees for the third quarter decreased $702,000 from the same quarter a year ago. Decreases in two fees account for this. Collection fees earned by collecting delinquent RALs for other banks were $683,000 less than those collected in the third quarter of 2003. This is merely a timing difference, as year-to-date fees for 2004 were $131,000 more than for the first nine months of 2003. As has been mentioned in other sections of this discussion, higher interest rates have slowed residential refinance activity in 2004 compared to 2003. The Company earned $332,000 less in brokerage fees related to the sale of loans in the third quarter of 2004 compared to the same quarter of 2004.

These decreases were partially offset by increases in debit card fees and SBA service fees.

The major components of the other income category are gains or losses on sales of loans, dividends on FHLB and FRB stock, earnings on Bank-owned life insurance, and a variety of other miscellaneous items.

59



Also included in non-interest revenue are gains or losses on securities. The Company recognized $973,000 in losses in the third quarter of 2004 compared to $928,000 in gains in the same quarter of 2003. The Company had initiated an effort in 2003 to reduce the number of individual securities held (over 700) to make portfolio management more efficient. With most securities at the time having a fair value greater than their amortized carrying cost, gains were the result. In 2004, the proportion of securities having fair values less than their amortized cost has been greater and the result of the sales were losses. The reinvestment of the proceeds from these sales into higher yielding securities will generate more interest income than the Company would earn from holding the securities that were earning less than current market rates.

OPERATING EXPENSE

The largest component of noninterest expense is salaries and benefits, or staff expense. Within this category are (1) actual salaries and bonuses, (2) commissions paid to sales staff, (3) statutory benefits like payroll taxes and workers’ compensation insurance, and (4) discretionary benefits like health insurance.

Actual salaries and bonuses (including commissions) grew approximately $1.78 million in the third quarter of 2004, compared to the same quarter of 2003.

Several factors cause some variation in staff expense from quarter to quarter. $1.75 million of the increase was due to the additional staff added in the PCCI transaction.

Employee bonuses are paid from a bonus pool, the amount of which is set by the Board of Directors based on the Company meeting or exceeding its goals for net income and specific business unit goals. For most employees, the Company accrues compensation expense for the pool for employee bonuses throughout the year based on projected progress in meeting the goals. The amount accrued each quarter is adjusted as the year progresses and as it becomes clearer whether these goals will be achieved.

Staff size is closely monitored in relation to the growth in the Company’s revenues and assets. Table 15 compares salary and benefit costs as a percentage of revenues and assets for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2004 and 2003, and shows that salaries and benefits grew at a slightly faster rate than revenues and at a slightly slower rate than assets.

TABLE 15—SALARIES AND BENEFITS AS A PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES AND ASSETS

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Salary and benefits
   as a percentage of
   net revenues

 

32.56

%

 

34.42

%

 

27.32

%

 

27.01

%

 

Salary and benefits
   as a percentage of
   average assets

 

0.40

%

 

0.44

%

 

1.28

%

 

1.38

%

 

Equipment expense fluctuates over time as needs change, maintenance is performed, and equipment is purchased.

The Company leases rather than owns most of its premises. Many of the leases provide for annual rent adjustments.

The following table shows the major items of operating expense for the three and nine-months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 that are not specifically listed in the consolidated statements of income.

60



TABLE 16— OPERATING EXPENSE

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing

 

 

$

1,127

 

 

 

$

850

 

 

 

$

3,262

 

 

 

$

2,561

 

 

Consultants

 

 

 

2,552

 

 

 

 

1,346

 

 

 

 

6,311

 

 

 

 

4,164

 

 

Amortization of core deposit intangibles

 

 

 

620

 

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

 

1,295

 

 

 

 

637

 

 

Provision expense for letters of credit

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

 

440

 

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

 

3,311

 

 

Software expense

 

 

 

2,434

 

 

 

 

2,113

 

 

 

 

7,039

 

 

 

 

5,748

 

 

Consultant expense in the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2004 is higher than in corresponding periods of 2003. The Company has engaged consultants to assist it in meeting the new regulatory requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act discussed in the section below titled “Regulation.” Companies frequently find it more cost-effective to outsource these short-term projects than to hire staff to handle these large but relatively short-term projects. The Company expects consultant expense for this purpose to remain higher through the fourth quarter of 2004 and then to decrease. External audit fees are likely to remain higher because of the increase in audit work required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

The core deposit intangible expense recognized in 2003 was related to the purchase of the deposits from another financial institution in 2002. The increase in 2004 is due to the deposits acquired with PCCI.

As described in Note 11, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company has issued commitments to or on behalf of customers. Most of these are conditional on the financial condition of the customer, that is, the Company can cancel the commitment if the customer’s condition would indicate that it would not be able to repay any amount extended under the commitment. There are some commitments, like standby letters of credit, that the Company extends specifically to protect a third party in the event of the customer’s inability to meet its financial or contractual commitments.

There is an element of credit risk that pertains to such commitments. Should a customer fail to perform on its financial or contractual agreements with a third party, the Company is required to pay a specified amount of damages to a third party. The Company must then seek reimbursement from its customer. If the customer is not able to reimburse the Company, the Company has suffered a credit loss.

The allowance for credit loss is intended as a valuation allowance for loans. That is, the total of loans less the allowance is intended to represent the Company’s best estimate of the amount that will be collected from the outstanding loans. Any allowance for unfunded commitments is therefore not included in the allowance for credit loss, but is instead recognized as another liability in the same manner as a “contingency reserve” would be established for a legal settlement or other operational loss. Similarly, this allowance is not established by a charge to provision expense for credit loss, but instead through an “other expense.” The reasons for the variation between amounts in 2003 and 2004 are explained in Note 11.

The Company is in the process of replacing its mainframe computer system with a smaller, more flexible “client-server” system. At the same time, the Company will be installing a new customer relationship management system. Under the provisions of GAAP, most of the expected $20 million cost of the new systems is being capitalized. The capitalized costs include those for hardware and for the development of software. The Company will amortize the hardware costs over the estimated useful life of the equipment. The capitalized software costs are expected to be amortized over a five-year period beginning when the Company starts to use the new system. This is anticipated to be in the second half of 2005. The Company expects some operating savings as a result of implementing the new system, as well as the avoidance of certain additional costs that would be necessary to remain on the current platform.  Some of the software expenses related to this project are not development in nature and are currently expensed.

61



A common means of measuring the operating efficiency for banks is a ratio that divides the noninterest or operating expense of the bank by its net revenues. Net revenues are stated on a tax equivalent basis and represent interest income and noninterest income less interest expense. As was mentioned in the section titled “Summary Results” above, the Company’s operating efficiency ratio for the third quarter of 2004 was 60.26% compared to 61.40% for the same quarter of 2003. Stated differently, this means that the Company required a little more than one cent less in operating expenses to earn each dollar of net revenues in the third quarter of 2004 than in the same period of 2003. Operating expenses (the numerator of the operating efficiency ratio) increased 15.23%, while net revenues (the denominator) increased 17.4%. The reason for the higher rate of growth in net revenues is the improved economy, which helped to increase loan growth and trust fee income, and the additional net revenues from the leveraging strategy.

The Company will continue to work on reducing costs, but the consulting expense will remain higher than normal for the next several quarters to respond to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Company is expecting to spend approximately $3.2 million in 2004 for assistance  in implementing the documentation and testing requirements of this legislation.

SEGMENT PERFORMANCE

Each of the comments below regarding changes in segment performance apply to both the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2004 compared to the same periods of 2003 unless otherwise stated.

Community Banking

The Community Banking segment includes external revenues from customers in the form of interest earned on consumer and small business loans and fees related to deposit accounts. Intersegment revenues represent the credit for funds earned on the deposits at the Company’s branches. Interest income for 2004 has increased along due to the higher balances of consumer loans offset by lower rates. Intersegment revenue is up more substantially than interest income as deposit balances increased. Interest expense in the third quarter has increased with the higher balances, especially the addition of the PCCI deposits. Year to date interest expense decreased slightly as the impact of higher balances was offset by CDs repricing earlier in the year at lower rates than those at which they had been originated. The net result of the above changes is greater profitability in 2004 than 2003.

Commercial Banking

The Commercial Banking segments earn interest income from customers for commercial and commercial real estate loans. While the commercial real estate category in Tables 2A and 2B show a substantial increase from 2003 to 2004, most of that increase relates to income producing property loans that are included in the Pacific Capital segment. Consequently, loan balances in this segment are somewhat higher and generating additional interest income. Those loans tied to short-term indices are also reflecting the higher market rates that appeared in the second quarter. The net result is an increase in profitability.

Refund Programs

The changes in the RAL/RT programs from 2003 to 2004 are explained in the section below titled “Refund Anticipation Loan and Refund Transfer Programs.”

Fiduciary

Income for the Fiduciary segment consists of fees earned from trust services and from the sale of retail investment products to customers. The fees are based on asset values and are up as equity market valuations are higher in 2004 than in 2003.

Pacific Capital

Income for the Pacific Capital segment is interest income on loans to customers. This is a new segment created at a result of the acquisition of Pacific Crest Capital Inc. in March 2004.

62



All Other

Income from external customers for the All Other segment consists of interest earned on investments in the Company’s treasury activities and in interest earned on loans from the Company’s private banking department. With the additional investments added in the Company’s leveraging program described in the section above titled “Securities,” income from external customers is higher in 2004 than in 2003, especially year to date. The changes in intersegment revenues and charges for funds are described in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The increase in interest expense is due to the additional borrowings incurred to fund the leverage strategy.

INCOME TAX

Income tax expense is comprised of a current tax provision and a deferred tax provision for both Federal income tax and state franchise tax. The current tax provision recognizes an expense for what must be paid to taxing authorities for taxable income earned this year. The deferred tax provision recognizes an expense or benefit related to items of income or expense that are included in or deducted from taxable income in a period different than when the items are recognized in the financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles. Examples of such timing differences and the impact of the major items are shown in Note 15, “Income Taxes,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company’s 2003 10-K.

With each period end, it is necessary for Management to make certain estimates and assumptions to compute the provision for income tax. Management uses the best information available to develop these estimates and assumptions, but generally some of these estimates and assumptions are revised when the Company files its tax return in the middle of the following year. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, revisions to estimates are recorded as income tax expense or benefit in the period in which they become known.

LIQUIDITY

Liquidity is the ability to raise funds on a timely basis at acceptable cost in order to meet cash needs, such as might be caused by fluctuations in deposit levels, customers’ credit needs, and attractive investment opportunities. The Company’s objective is to maintain adequate liquidity at all times. The Company has defined and manages three types of liquidity: (1) “immediate liquidity,” which is the ability to raise funds today to meet today’s cash obligations, (2) “intermediate liquidity,” which is the ability to raise funds during the next few weeks to meet cash obligations over that time period, and (3) “long term liquidity,” which is the ability to raise funds over the entire planning horizon to meet anticipated cash needs due to strategic balance sheet changes. Adequate liquidity is achieved by (a) holding liquid assets, (b) maintaining the ability to raise deposits or borrow funds, and (c) keeping access open to capital markets.

Immediate liquidity is provided by the prior day’s balance of Federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, any cash in excess of the Federal Reserve balance requirement, unused Federal funds lines from other banks, and unused repurchase agreement facilities with other banks or brokers. The Company maintains total sources of immediate liquidity of not less than 5% of total assets, increasing to higher targets during the RAL/RT season. At September 30, 2004, the Company’s immediate liquidity was substantially in excess of the 5% target.

Sources of intermediate liquidity include maturities or sales of commercial paper and securities classified as available-for-sale, securities classified as held-to-maturity maturing within three months, term repurchase agreements, advances from the FHLB, and deposit increases from special programs. The Company projects intermediate liquidity needs and sources over the next several weeks based on historical trends, seasonal factors, and special transactions. Appropriate action is then taken to cover any anticipated unmet needs. At September 30, 2004, the Company’s intermediate liquidity was adequate to meet all projected needs.

Long-term liquidity is provided by special programs to increase core deposits, reducing the size of the investment portfolios, selling or securitizing loans, and accessing capital markets. The Company’s policy is to address cash needs over the entire planning horizon from actions and events such as market expansions, acquisitions, increased competition for deposits, anticipated loan demand, economic conditions and the regulatory outlook. At September 30, 2004, the Company’s long term liquidity was adequate to meet cash needs anticipated over its planning horizon.

63



As discussed below in the section titled “Refund Anticipation Loan and Refund Transfer Programs,” the Company uses a securitization vehicle to sell a portion of the RALs during the first quarter. This securitization represents a significant source of liquidity for the Company for this program.

CAPITAL RESOURCES AND COMPANY STOCK

Capital Ratios

The following table presents a comparison of several important amounts and ratios as of September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003.

TABLE 17—CAPITAL RATIOS
(dollars in thousands)

 

 

Pacific Capital
Bancorp
Actual

 

Minimums for
Capital Adequacy
Purposes

 

Minimums to be
Well-Capitalized

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

As of September 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Tier I & Tier II Capital
   (to Risk Weighted Assets )

 

$

485,187

 

 

 

11.1

%

 

$

348,391

 

 

 

8.0

%

 

$

435,488

 

 

 

10.0

%

 

Tier I Capital
   (to Risk Weighted Assets )

 

$

359,742

 

 

 

8.3

%

 

$

174,195

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

261,293

 

 

 

6.0

%

 

Tier I Capital
   (to Average Tangible Assets )

 

$

359,742

 

 

 

6.4

%

 

$

225,643

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

282,054

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk Weighted Assets

 

$

4,354,882

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Tangible Assets for the Quarter

 

$

5,641,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Tier I & Tier II Capital
   (to Risk Weighted Assets )

 

$

468,851

 

 

 

13.3

%

 

$

281,730

 

 

 

8.0

%

 

$

352,162

 

 

 

10.0

%

 

Tier I Capital
   (to Risk Weighted Assets )

 

$

353,714

 

 

 

10.0

%

 

$

140,865

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

211,297

 

 

 

6.0

%

 

Tier I Capital
   (to Average Tangible Assets )

 

$

353,714

 

 

 

7.4

%

 

$

190,000

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

237,500

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk Weighted Assets

 

$

3,521,619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Tangible Assets for the Quarter

 

$

4,749,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003, the Company’s ratios of tangible common equity to tangible assets were 5.8% and 7.4% respectively.

The operating earnings of the  Bank are the largest source of capital for the Company. For reasons mentioned in various sections of this discussion, Management expects that there will be variations from quarter to quarter in operating earnings. Areas of uncertainty or seasonal variations include changes in market interest rates, asset quality, loan demand, and the tax refund loan and transfer programs. A substantial change in overall credit quality or an increase in charge-offs might require the Company to record a larger provision for loan loss to restore the allowance to an adequate level, and this would nega­tively impact earnings. Income from the tax refund loan and transfer programs, occurring almost entirely in the first quarter, introduces significant seasonality and causes variation in the Tier 1 leverage ratio which is based on average quarterly assets.

64



Capital must be managed at both the Company and at the Bank level. The FRB sets minimum capital guidelines for U.S. banks and bank holding companies based on the relative risk of the various types of assets. The guidelines require banks to have risk-based capital equivalent to at least 8% of risk adjusted assets. To be classified as “well capitalized,” the Bank is required to have risk-based capital equivalent to at least 10% of risk adjusted assets.

As of September 30, 2004, the Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio was 11.5%, Tier 1 capital was 8.7% of risk-adjusted assets and 6.7% of average tangible assets, and its tangible common equity to tangible assets was 6.6%.

Debt Qualifying as Capital

The total risk-based capital ratio for the Company of 11.2% includes the effect of the $71 million in subordinated debt at the Bank, which qualifies as Tier 2 capital for the Bank and for the Company. As indicated in the discussion of the subordinated note in the section above titled “Other Borrowings, Long-term Debt and Related Interest Expense,” some of this debt was issued in 2001 and some in 2003 to assist the Company in maintaining the required capital ratios at the Bank as its general loan portfolios and the refund loan program continued to grow and in anticipation of the additional assets that would be added with the PCCI acquisition.

The total risk-based capital ratio also includes the effect of $30.3 million in subordinated debt issued by Bancorp, which qualifies as Tier 1 capital for the Company. This debt was assumed by the Company in March 5, 2004 acquisition of PCCI and relates to the debt owed by Bancorp to the three business trusts established by PCCI.

Dividends

While the earnings of its wholly-owned subsidiaries are recognized as earnings of the Company, generally dividends must be declared and paid by the subsidiary Bank to provide Bancorp with the funds for it to pay dividends to its shareholders. As a nationally-chartered bank, the Bank’s ability to pay dividends is governed by Federal law and regulations. Generally banks may dividend their earnings from the last three years to their parent company. In its second year of operations since the merger of the subsidiary banks—Santa Barbara Bank & Trust and First National Bank of Central California into Pacific Capital Bank, N.A.— the Bank is limited to its earnings since the merger at the end of March 2002. Earnings to date in 2002, 2003, and 2004 have been more than adequate to meet the cash required to maintain the current declared quarterly dividend rate of $0.18 per share.

Dividends are paid each quarter in February, May, August and November. The dividend rate is reviewed each quarter and increases are periodically authorized to stay within the Company’s target range of a payout ratio of 35%-40% of net income The quarterly dividend rate, adjusted for the 2nd quarter 2004 stock split, was $0.14 per share until the first quarter of 2003. It was increased to $0.15 per share in the second quarter of 2003, increased to $0.16 per share in the third quarter of 2003, increased to $0.17 per share in the first quarter of 2004, and increased to $0.18 per share in the third quarter of 2004.

Share Repurchases

During 2002, adjusted for the second quarter 2004 stock split, approximately 992,000 shares were repurchased at an average price of $18.30 per share for a total of $18.2 million. During the first nine months of 2003, approximately 1.18 million shares were repurchased at an average price of $23.93 per share for a total of $28.1 million. Under the most recent authorization, as of September 30, 2004, the Company had repurchased approximately 43,000 shares at an average price of $25.08 per share for a total price of $1.1 million. Due to the anticipated capital requirements of the Company’s acquisition of Pacific Crest Capital, the Company stopped repurchasing shares in August 2003. Management anticipates that its share repurchase activity will be modest in the foreseeable future as it appears that the economy is improving and loan demand is expected to increase. As assets increase, more capital is required to maintain the desired capital ratios.

65



Other Capital Disclosures

Aside from the $18.9 million amount authorized for share repurchases and those commitments reported in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, there are no material commitments for capital expenditures or “off-balance sheet” financing arrangements planned at this time. There is no specified time within which the share repurchases must be accomplished.

As the Company pursues its stated plan to expand beyond its current market areas, Management will consider opportunities to form strategic partnerships with other financial institutions that have compatible management philosophies and corporate cultures and that share the Company’s commitment to superior customer service and community support. Such transactions will be accounted for as a purchase of the other institution by the Company. To the extent that consideration is paid in cash rather than Company stock, the assets of the Company would increase by more than its equity and therefore the ratio of capital to assets would decrease. Therefore, depending on the size of the other institution, additional capital might have to be raised or some portion of the purchase consideration be paid in stock. In addition, depending on the size of the institution acquired, Bancorp might be required to borrow funds for the cash consideration.

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

The Company is closely regulated by Federal and State agencies. The Company and its subsidiaries may only engage in lines of business that have been approved by their respective regulators and cannot open or close branch offices without their approval. The content of the disclosure of the terms and conditions of loans made to customers and deposits accepted from customers are both heavily regulated. The Bank is required by the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) to make significant efforts to ensure that access to banking services is available to all members of the communities served.

As a bank holding company, Bancorp is primarily regulated by the FRB. As a nationally-chartered member bank of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank’s primary Federal regulator is the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”). Both of these regulatory agencies conduct periodic examinations of the Company and/or its subsidiaries to ascertain their compliance with laws, regulations, and safe and sound banking practices.

The regulatory agencies may take action against bank holding companies and banks should they fail to maintain adequate capital or to comply with specific laws and regulations. Such action could take the form of restrictions on the payment of dividends to shareholders, requirements to obtain more capital from investors, or restrictions on operations. The Company and the Bank have the highest capital classification, “well capitalized,” given by the regulatory agencies and therefore are not subject to any of these restrictions. Management expects the Company and the Bank to continue to be classified as well capitalized in the future.

While financial institutions have long been required by regulation to report large cash transactions to assist in preventing money laundering activities, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and subsequent implementing regulations have imposed significant additional reporting requirements to limit the access to funds by terrorists. The Company, along with all other financial institutions must not only report cash transactions above a certain threshold, it must now report activities deemed by the banking regulators to be “suspicious.” To comply with this new level of reporting requirement, the Company has installed new “rule-based” software to detect suspicious activity. The Company has also implemented enhanced customer identification procedures as well as processes for detecting and reporting suspicious activity. It has provided new training for its employees in how to confirm whether the suspicious activity detected is in fact questionable or whether it represents the normal business activity for the specific customer.

Provisions in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require each  public company to include certifications signed by its chief executive officer and chief financial officer in their periodic reportings to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Companies’ independent auditors will be required to evaluate management’s assertion in 2004 annual reports relating to the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls in ensuring financial reporting that appropriately reflect the company’s financial condition and results of operations. This requirement is expected to significantly increase consulting and audit fees as companies seek assistance from their accountants in documenting their disclosure controls and as the auditors spend more time testing the effectiveness of those controls.

The Company has been working for the past year to implement its response to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company has completed the documentation of its internal controls, has substantially completed its testing of the design and effectiveness of those controls, and is now concentrating on remediation efforts. The Company expects that its president and chief financial officer will be able to sign the Section 404 certification.

66



Concerns about consumer financial privacy have grown in recent years. In response to these concerns Congress and the Federal banking agencies have adopted new laws and regulations and reemphasized existing laws and regulations. On June 1, 2000, the Federal banking agencies jointly released final regulations implementing the consumer privacy protection rules mandated by Section 504 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLB Act).  The GLB Act imposes certain notice requirements and restrictions on a financial institution’s ability to disclose nonpublic personal information about consumers to affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties. While the Company has always made the privacy and protection of customer information a priority, it has responded to the new laws, and any customer concerns, by enhancing both its systems and manual processes. There has been a significant investment in electronic data security measures along with manual processes to safeguard customer information.

REFUND ANTICIPATION LOAN AND REFUND TRANSFER PROGRAMS

Since 1992, the Company has extended RALs to taxpayers who have filed their returns electronically with the IRS and do not want to wait for the IRS to send them their refund check. The Company earns a fixed fee per loan for advancing the funds rather than by applying an interest rate to the balance for the time the loan is outstanding. Nonetheless, the fees are required by GAAP to be classified as interest income. The Company also provides refund transfers to customers who do not want or do not qualify for loans. The transfer product facilitates the receipt of the refund by the customer by authorizing the customer’s tax preparer to print a check for the customer after the refund has been received by the Company from the IRS. Fees for this service are included in non-interest income among other service charges, commissions, and fees. Because of the mid-April tax filing deadline, almost all of the loans and transfers are made and repaid during the first quarter of the year.

If a taxpayer meets the Company’s credit criteria for the refund loan product, and wishes to receive a loan with the refund as security, the taxpayer applies for and receives an advance less the transaction fees, which are considered finance charges. The Company is repaid directly by the IRS and then remits any refund amount over the amount of the loan to the taxpayer.

Congress has given the IRS a mandate to increase the number of returns that are filed electronically in order to reduce IRS processing and storage costs. Greater use of the refund loan and transfer programs helps the IRS to meet this mandate because these programs facilitate electronic filing.

The Company’s volume of RAL and RT transactions has increased significantly over the last several years. As recently as 1998, the Company processed approximately 650,000 transactions. In 2002, it processed approximately 3.8 million transactions and processed approximately 4.6 million transactions in 2003. The product mix for the program in 2003 was 65% RALs, 35% RTs. The total transaction volume increased in 2004 to approximately 5.1 million, but the growth was primarily in RTs, resulting in a product mix of 69% RTs, 31% RALs

While the Company is one of very few financial institutions in the country which operate these electronic loan and transfer programs, the electronic processing of payments involved in these programs is similar to other payment processing regularly done by the Company and other commercial banks for their customers such as direct deposits and electronic bill paying. The refund loan and transfer programs have significant impacts on the Company’s activities and results of operations during the first quarters of each year. While not quite as pronounced, these impacts are still significant to the second quarter. The impacts are not significant to the third and fourth quarter results of operations, but are still significant to the year-to-date results at September 30 and to the year as a whole at December 31. These impacts and other details of the programs are discussed in the following five sections.

Seasonality Impact on Earnings:

Because the programs relate to the filing of income tax returns, activity is concentrated in each year, specifically in the period from late January through February. This causes first quarter net income to average about 35% to 40% of each year’s net income. For 2002, the first quarter’s net income was 37% of the net income for the year. In 2003, the first quarter’s net income was 46% of the net income for the year. Because the year to date pretax profitability of the RAL/RT programs is virtually the same in 2004 as in  2003 while pretax income for the remainder of the Company’s activities increased 29%, the proportion of 2004 net income that will be represented by the first quarter is expected to decrease from the 2003 proportion. Nonetheless, this seasonality significantly impacts a number of performance ratios, including ROA, ROE and the operating efficiency ratio. These impacts are apparent in both the first quarter of each year and the year-to-date ratios in subsequent quarters. As indicated above, the Company provides computations of these ratios without the impact of RAL and RT income and the related direct expenses for better comparability of the “traditional” banking activities with peer ratios. The reconciling computations are found in Tables 20-23 in Note E to this discussion.

67



Funding Sources:

The Company borrows substantial funds during the first quarter to lend to RAL customers. With the exception of the use of uncommitted overnight funds, the shorter-term funding sources are more expensive because the lender needs to recover its costs over the shorter period of time. Consequently fees must usually be paid in addition to daily interest, and the cost to the Company is greater than the typical deposit sources used to fund other loans.

As the RAL program has increased in loan volume, the Company has had to use more sophisticated funding arrangements.

The various funding arrangements that have been used over the last five years as the programs grew significantly are discussed in the “Tax Refund Anticipation Loan and Refund Transfer Programs” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis in the 2003 10-K.

For 2004, the Company used the same sources as in 2003, but used a smaller securitization—$500 million compared to $900 million in 2003. This reduction was done to minimize this most expensive of funding sources. The reduced size of the securitization also accounts for the smaller gain on sale of loans into the securitization. The Company expects to use a $1 billion securitization in 2005.

Fees for Services:

The Company does not market these products directly to consumers. Instead, the Company markets to electronic filers. These are companies that have developed software for use by tax preparers or individuals for the preparation of tax returns. The fees for RALs and RTs vary depending on the contracts with the electronic filers and tax preparers. Taxpayers are provided with a statement of the fees for the two products and, in the case of the RALs, with an Annual Percentage Rate (“APR”) computa-tion for the loan based on an estimate of the time that the loan will be outstanding. If payment by the IRS is delayed past the estimated term, the customer’s fee does not change.

The fees for the RAL product are higher than the fees for the RT product because of the credit risk addressed in the section below titled, “Credit Losses” and to cover the funding costs mentioned above.

Risks Associated with the Program:

There are risks related to the programs related to credit, the availability of sufficient funding at reasonable rates, risks associated with the IRS, litigation, and regulatory or legislative risk.

The Company’s liquidity risk is increased during the first quarter due to the RAL program. The Company has committed to the electronic filers and tax preparers that it will make RALs available to their customers under the terms of its contracts with them. This requires the Company to develop sufficient sources of liquidity to fund these loans. As mentioned above, the sources of this funding are described in detail in the 2003 10-K. Some of the sources are committed lines and some are uncommitted. In the case of uncommitted sources, the Company arranges for approximately twice the amount expected to be needed to ensure an adequate amount is available.

As discussed in Note 11, “Commitments and Contingencies,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company is currently involved in three lawsuits related to the RAL program. The Company does not expect that these suits will have any material impact on its financial condition or operating results.

Concern has been expressed by consumer advocates regarding the high APR for the loans and they have exerted pressure on state legislatures and regulators to prohibit RALs or limit the amount of the fee that may be charged. The APR is relatively high compared to other consumer loans because they are outstanding for a short time. These loans are not “rolled over” or renewed. When the fee is annualized in the APR computation, the result is a relatively high APR. It is Management’s position that the amount of the fee is reasonable given the credit risk, the funding costs, and processing expense. From the Company’s point of view, the high APR is the result of the fact that the Company cannot recover the costs of the loan over a longer period of time through periodic interest charges as is done with other lending products (Note J).

68



Accounting for the RAL Securitization:

The securitization arrangements used for funding involve a “true sale” of the loans into the securitization vehicle. Under the terms of the securitization, the loans are sold for their face amount less a discount representing the Company’s retained interest in the loans. There are fees associated with the securitization that the Company is charged based on the size of the commitment to purchase and how much of the commitment is utilized. Any of the loans sold into the securitization that are not paid by the IRS are charged against the Company’s retained portion until that amount is exhausted. Losses on defaulted loans in excess of the discount would be recognized by the securitization purchasers. The loans sold into the securitization and the fees associated with them are not included in Tables 2 or 3.

Normally, the securitization of loans impacts the timing of the recognition of income. That is, income from the loans may be recognized by the seller in different periods than it would be if the loans were not sold. Typically, a gain on sale is recognized at the time of sale that accelerates income recognition. However, in the case of the RAL securitization, because it is initiated and closed within the same quarter, and because the RALs sold would have been made and paid-off within the same quarter, there is no acceleration of income, and the amounts of income and expense are the same as they would be if the loans were not sold. With the exception of the commitment and utilization fees charged to the Company, the only accounting impact from securitizing a portion of the RALs is to change the category on the income statement where the operating results are reported. All of the cash flows associated with the RALs sold to the Company’s securitization partners were reported net as a gain on sale of loans. This gain account is reported as a separate line on the statements of income as noninterest revenue. The cash flows associated with these RALs are the fee income received from the customer, the interest expense paid to fund the loans, and the provision expense for defaulted loans.

The default rate of the loans is unaffected by whether they are sold, and in both years, defaulted loans were less than the Company’s retained interest, so the only impact of the securitization on defaulted loans is to reclassify the loss from provision expense to an offset against the gain on sale.

The following table summarizes the components of the gain on sale of RAL loans for the six-month periods ended September 30, 2004 and 2003.

TABLE 18—RAL GAIN ON SALE SUMMARY

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 

RAL fees

 

 

$

5,920

 

 

 

$

12,472

 

 

Fees paid to investor

 

 

 

(162

)

 

 

 

(612

)

 

Commitment fees paid

 

 

 

(678

)

 

 

 

(800

)

 

Provision expense

 

 

 

(2,135

)

 

 

 

(3,029

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Net gain on sale of RAL loans

 

 

$

2,945

 

 

 

$

8,031

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

69



Summary of Operating Results

The following table summarizes operating results for the RAL and RT programs for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2004 and 2003.

TABLE 19—OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE RAL AND RT PROGRAMS

 

 

For the Three-Month
Periods Ended September 30,

 

For the Nine-Month
Periods Ended September 30,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income from RALs

 

 

$

53

 

 

 

$

46

 

 

 

$

36,625

 

 

 

$

31,965

 

 

Interest expense on funding

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

(988

)

 

 

 

(793

)

 

Intersegment revenues

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

4,562

 

 

 

 

1,761

 

 

Internal charge for funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,684

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

209

 

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

 

40,199

 

 

 

 

30,249

 

 

Provision for credit losses—RALs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,635

 

 

 

 

(8,954

)

 

 

 

(9,508

)

 

Refund transfer fees

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

 

20,997

 

 

 

 

19,763

 

 

Collection Fees

 

 

 

474

 

 

 

 

1,161

 

 

 

 

3,966

 

 

 

 

3,753

 

 

Gain on sale of loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,945

 

 

 

 

8,031

 

 

Operating expense

 

 

 

(2,354

)

 

 

 

(1,513

)

 

 

 

(16,908

)

 

 

 

(10,050

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Income before taxes

 

 

$

(1,486

)

 

 

$

1,608

 

 

 

$

42,245

 

 

 

$

42,238

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

12,511

 

 

 

$

13,712

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(1,635

)

 

 

 

(3,846

)

 

 

 

(4,204

)

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

$

(1

)

 

 

$

(1,635

)

 

 

$

8,665

 

 

 

$

9,508

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

While almost no loan or transfer transactions are initiated after the second quarter, some refunds are not paid by the IRS until the third and fourth quarters. The interest income from RALs and the Refund transfer fees are recognized when the IRS payment is received. The interest expense on funding in the third quarters represents the interest paid on a small amount of longer-term CDs issued to fund the program. As explained in Note 14, intersegment revenues represent credit for funds for the uncleared cashiers checks. The negative provision in the third quarter of 2003 represents recoveries of loans that had been charged-off at June 30, 2003. The absence of a provision amount for 2004 is explained below in “Credit Losses.” As explained above in the section titled “Noninterest Revenue,” the lower collection fees recognized in the third quarter of 2004 compared to 2003 is simply a timing difference, as the year-to-date amounts are very similar. Included within operating expenses are overhead allocations.

Credit Losses

There is a higher credit risk associated with refund loans than with other types of loans because (1) the Company does not have personal contact with the customers of this product; (2) the customers conduct no business with the Company other than this once-a-year transaction; and (3) contact subsequent to the payment of the advance, if there is a problem with the tax return, may be difficult because many of these taxpayers have no permanent address.

Credit risk is lowered because of the debt indicator provided by the IRS. This electronic signal indicates whether the IRS or other Federal agencies have placed liens against the taxpayer’s refund because of amounts owed for past taxes, delinquent student loans, etc. Nonetheless, the charge-off rate for RALs still remains approximately two or three times as high as for the rest of the Company’s loan portfolios.

70



Credit risk arises from denial by the IRS of some or all of the amount claimed as a refund by the taxpayer. Credit risk is discussed below in the section titled “Credit Losses.”  Credit risk is managed by the acceptance criteria set by the Company, the use of the debt indicator supplied by the IRS, and supplemented by the use of credit reports. A proportion of loans charged-off each year are collected in subsequent years. When the customer applies for a loan or transfer the following year, any charged-off amount from the prior year(s) is deducted from the amount of the current loan proceeds or transfer amount as permitted by the terms of the original loan agreement.

For many of the taxpayers wishing to use this product, a major portion of the refund is due to eligibility for the Earned Income Tax Credit (“EIC”). Such returns are subject to more scrutiny by the IRS than refunds that are primarily based on excess withholding. Each year the IRS reviews many of these EIC returns as part of its “revenue protection” program. Such review can cause a delay in payment of a loan made on the return. Such delays reduce the profitability of the program because while there is no interest charged for the time the loan is outstanding, when the Company loans money to a borrower, it has to fund the loan either through deposits or through borrowing the funds from another bank or in the capital markets. The Company pays interest on those deposits or borrowings until it received the refund from the IRS.

The usefulness of the debt indicator is dependent on the IRS having received data from other Federal agencies on liens to which the refunds are subject.

Approximately 105 basis points of the RALs were charged-off in 2003. This was higher than in 2002, but not as high as in earlier years. The Company anticipates charge-offs for 2004 will be approximately 110 to 120 basis points.

The 2003 collection experience confirmed two trends in the collections of delinquent RALs. Over the last three years both a higher proportion of loans outstanding at June 30th were being collected in the second half of each year and a higher proportion of total annual collections were being received in the second half of the year. In other words, during the last three years, both more delinquent loans were being collected and they were more likely to be collected in the second half of the year than was the case in prior years. Specifically, in the second half of each year, the Company collected $2.4 million, $1.3 million, and $2.6 million in loans that had been charged-off at June 30, of 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively.

These changes in collection experience led Management to revise its estimate of the collections on loans outstanding at June 30th that were likely to be received during the second half of 2004. Using the experience of the last three years, applied to a higher balance of unpaid loans at June 30, 2004, it was estimated that a net amount of approximately $2.6 million in RALs would be collected during the second half of 2004. The gross RALs remaining on the books at June 30, 2004 were $2.9 million with an allowance of $288,000. During the third quarter of 2004, $1.6 million was collected on these outstanding loans. The collections have been applied to the outstanding loan balance.

There is no credit risk associated with the refund transfers because checks are issued only after receipt of the refund payment from the IRS.

Expectations for the Remainder of 2004

In the fourth quarter, the Company will charge-off any remaining loans against the allowance and have provision expense for any excess of loans over the $289,000 allowance or a negative provision for any excess of allowance over remaining loans.

Also during the remainder of 2004, the tax refund programs will continue to incur expenses for salaries, occupancy, legal, marketing, data processing, etc.

Expectations for 2005 and Subsequent Years

The Company and Jackson-Hewitt Inc. (“JHI”) have renegotiated their contract under which the Company provides RALs and RTs to the customers of JHI. The contract now extends for another four years. The major change in the contract is that the Company will now assume the credit risk for the loans made by JHI offices. Under the terms of the prior contract, JHI assumed the credit risk for the first 2 ½ % of all credit losses on loans made through its offices. Losses above that amount would be shared by the Company and JHI in a ratio of 35% and 65% respectively. The loss rate was never above 2 ½%. The Company will now retain a larger proportion of the fee charged for the loans to cover the additional credit risk. In 2005 and subsequent years, the Company expects that credit losses and therefore provision expense will be substantially higher than in 2004 also expects that revenues will more than offset the additional expense.

71



NOTES TO MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Note A—The Company does not allocate equity to different product lines. In other words, when ROE figures for non-RAL/RT activities are computed, the denominator of the ratio is the total or consolidated equity for the whole Company. The difference in ROE for the third quarter of 2004 compared to the third quarter of 2003 for non-RAL/RT activities is lower than the difference in total ROE because the numerator of the non-RAL/RT ratio changed 12.38% compared to 23.49% for the whole Company.

 

 

3rd Qtr 2004

 

3rd Qtr 2003

 

% change

 

 

 


 


 


 

Total net income

 

 

$

14,559

 

 

 

$

13,257

 

 

 

 

9.82

%

 

Net income excluding RAL/RT activities

 

 

$

15,420

 

 

 

$

12,325

 

 

 

 

25.11

%

 

Note B—For Tables 2A, 2B, and 3, the yield on tax-exempt state and municipal securities and loans has been computed on a tax equivalent basis. To compute the tax equivalent yield for these securities and loans one must first add to the actual interest earned an amount such that if the resulting total were fully taxed (at the Company’s incremental tax rate of 42.05%), the after-tax income would be equivalent to the actual tax-exempt income. This tax equivalent income is then divided by the average balance to obtain the tax equivalent yield. The dollar amount of the adjustment is shown at the bottom of Tables 2A and 2B as “Tax equivalent income included in interest income from non-taxable securities and loans.”

Note C—To obtain information on the performance ratios for peer banks, the Company primarily uses The FDIC Quarterly Banking Profile, published by the FDIC Division of Research and Statistics. This publication provides information about all FDIC insured banks and certain subsets based on size and geographical location. Geographically, the Company is included in a subset that includes 12 Western States plus the Pacific Islands. By asset size, the Company is included in the group of financial institutions with total assets from $1-10 billion. The information in this publication is based on year-to-date information provided by banks each quarter. It takes about 2-3 months to process the information. Therefore, the published data is always one quarter behind the Company’s information. For this quarter, the peer information is for the second quarter of 2004. All peer information in this discussion and analysis is reported in or has been derived from information reported in this publication.

Note D—Most of the loans or transfers are paid to the taxpayer by means of a cashier’s check issued by the tax preparer. The Company records the check as a deposit liability when it is issued and then removes the check from the deposit totals when it is paid by the Company.

72



Note E—The four tables below, Tables 20-23, show the balances and amounts of income and expense line items that are excluded or included in computing the without RAL, without RAL/RT, or the FTE adjusted amounts and ratios disclosed in various sections of Management’s Discussion and Analysis:

TABLE 20—RAL AMOUNTS USED IN COMPUTATION OF NET INTEREST MARGIN EXCLUSIVE OF RALs

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Average consumer loans

 

 

$

474,973

 

 

$

2,507

 

$

472,466

 

 

$

401,159

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

401,159

 

Average loans

 

 

 

3,818,186

 

 

 

2,507

 

 

3,815,679

 

 

 

3,031,767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,031,767

 

Average total assets

 

 

 

5,752,901

 

 

 

70,226

 

 

5,682,675

 

 

 

4,632,551

 

 

 

 

59,940

 

 

 

4,572,611

 

Average earning assets

 

 

 

5,328,768

 

 

 

21,826

 

 

5,306,942

 

 

 

4,289,606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,289,606

 

Average certificates of deposit

 

 

 

3,445,005

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

3,443,005

 

 

 

2,846,521

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

2,844,521

 

Average interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

4,274,967

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

4,272,967

 

 

 

3,311,765

 

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

3,309,765

 

Consumer loans interest income

 

 

 

7,638

 

 

 

53

 

 

7,585

 

 

 

7,076

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

7,030

 

Loan interest income

 

 

 

60,387

 

 

 

53

 

 

60,334

 

 

 

48,128

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

48,082

 

Interest income

 

 

 

76,583

 

 

 

53

 

 

76,530

 

 

 

59,951

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

59,905

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

18,424

 

 

 

21

 

 

18,403

 

 

 

13,038

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

13,017

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

58,159

 

 

 

32

 

 

58,127

 

 

 

46,913

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

46,888

 

Tax equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

1,569

 

 

 

 

 

1,569

 

 

 

1,622

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,622

 


 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Average consumer loans

 

 

$

583,580

 

 

$

137,102

 

$

446,478

 

 

$

559,304

 

 

$

162,658

 

$

396,646

 

Average loans

 

 

 

3,745,983

 

 

 

137,102

 

 

3,608,881

 

 

 

3,160,876

 

 

 

162,658

 

 

2,998,218

 

Average total assets

 

 

 

5,635,101

 

 

 

461,892

 

 

5,173,209

 

 

 

4,603,793

 

 

 

172,123

 

 

4,431,670

 

Average earning assets

 

 

 

5,240,046

 

 

 

241,336

 

 

4,998,710

 

 

 

4,280,477

 

 

 

162,658

 

 

4,117,819

 

Average certificates of deposit

 

 

 

3,297,550

 

 

 

15,347

 

 

3,282,203

 

 

 

2,797,219

 

 

 

14,839

 

 

2,782,380

 

Average interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

4,112,049

 

 

 

299,377

 

 

3,812,672

 

 

 

3,204,728

 

 

 

14,839

 

 

3,189,889

 

Consumer loans interest income

 

 

 

59,238

 

 

 

36,492

 

 

22,746

 

 

 

53,609

 

 

 

31,693

 

 

21,916

 

Loan interest income

 

 

 

203,852

 

 

 

36,492

 

 

167,360

 

 

 

177,745

 

 

 

31,693

 

 

146,052

 

Interest income

 

 

 

248,777

 

 

 

36,625

 

 

212,152

 

 

 

209,631

 

 

 

31,965

 

 

177,666

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

49,317

 

 

 

988

 

 

48,329

 

 

 

40,750

 

 

 

793

 

 

39,957

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

199,460

 

 

 

35,637

 

 

163,823

 

 

 

168,881

 

 

 

31,172

 

 

137,709

 

Tax equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

4,766

 

 

 

 

 

4,766

 

 

 

4,937

 

 

 

 

 

4,937

 

73




 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
June 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Average consumer loans

 

 

$

463,943

 

 

$

25,312

 

$

438,631

 

 

$

420,284

 

 

$

25,280

 

$

395,004

 

Average loans

 

 

 

3,708,978

 

 

 

25,312

 

 

3,683,666

 

 

 

3,014,963

 

 

 

25,281

 

 

2,989,682

 

Average total assets

 

 

 

5,623,843

 

 

 

204,694

 

 

5,419,149

 

 

 

4,442,637

 

 

 

113,612

 

 

4,329,025

 

Average earning assets

 

 

 

5,192,559

 

 

 

31,681

 

 

5,160,878

 

 

 

4,132,097

 

 

 

25,281

 

 

4,106,816

 

Average certificates of deposit

 

 

 

3,321,204

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

3,319,204

 

 

 

2,780,305

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

2,778,305

 

Average interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

4,126,221

 

 

 

85,970

 

 

4,040,251

 

 

 

3,138,699

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

3,136,699

 

Consumer loans interest income

 

 

 

8,749

 

 

 

1,494

 

 

7,255

 

 

 

8,971

 

 

 

1,572

 

 

7,399

 

Loan interest income

 

 

 

56,841

 

 

 

1,494

 

 

55,347

 

 

 

50,295

 

 

 

1,572

 

 

48,723

 

Interest income

 

 

 

71,429

 

 

 

1,478

 

 

69,951

 

 

 

60,432

 

 

 

1,572

 

 

58,860

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

15,996

 

 

 

233

 

 

15,763

 

 

 

13,482

 

 

 

21

 

 

13,461

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

55,433

 

 

 

1,245

 

 

54,188

 

 

 

46,950

 

 

 

1,551

 

 

45,399

 

Tax equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

1,590

 

 

 

 

 

1,590

 

 

 

1,622

 

 

 

 

 

1,622

 


 

 

Three Months Ended
March 31, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
March 31, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Average consumer loans

 

 

$

813,018

 

 

$

384,967

 

$

428,051

 

 

$

861,529

 

 

$

467,839

 

$

393,690

 

Average loans

 

 

 

3,709,995

 

 

 

384,967

 

 

3,325,028

 

 

 

3,440,391

 

 

 

467,839

 

 

2,972,552

 

Average total assets

 

 

 

5,537,781

 

 

 

695,449

 

 

4,842,332

 

 

 

4,722,973

 

 

 

345,977

 

 

4,376,996

 

Average earning assets

 

 

 

5,197,838

 

 

 

583,639

 

 

4,614,199

 

 

 

4,421,175

 

 

 

467,839

 

 

3,953,336

 

Average certificates of deposit

 

 

 

3,124,826

 

 

 

42,187

 

 

3,082,639

 

 

 

2,763,927

 

 

 

40,947

 

 

2,722,980

 

Average interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

3,933,178

 

 

 

393,820

 

 

3,539,358

 

 

 

3,162,077

 

 

 

40,947

 

 

3,121,130

 

Consumer loans interest income

 

 

 

42,851

 

 

 

34,945

 

 

7,906

 

 

 

37,562

 

 

 

30,075

 

 

7,487

 

Loan interest income

 

 

 

86,624

 

 

 

34,945

 

 

51,679

 

 

 

79,322

 

 

 

30,075

 

 

49,247

 

Interest income

 

 

 

100,765

 

 

 

35,094

 

 

65,671

 

 

 

89,248

 

 

 

30,075

 

 

59,173

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

14,897

 

 

 

735

 

 

14,162

 

 

 

14,230

 

 

 

752

 

 

13,478

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

85,868

 

 

 

34,359

 

 

51,509

 

 

 

75,018

 

 

 

29,323

 

 

45,695

 

Tax equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

1,607

 

 

 

 

 

1,607

 

 

 

1,657

 

 

 

 

 

1,657

 

74



Note E (Cont.)

TABLE 21—CALCULATION OF RATIOS OF NET CHARGE-OFFS INCLUDING AND EXCLUDING RALs

(dollars in thousands)

 

2004 YTD
Annualized

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Total Including RALs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Net charge-offs

 

$

14,588

 

$

22,557

 

$

14,778

 

$

12,924

 

$

10,908

 

     Average loans

 

$

3,745,983

 

$

3,151,328

 

$

2,942,082

 

$

2,678,225

 

$

2,388,740

 

          Ratio

 

 

0.52

%

 

0.72

%

 

0.50

%

 

0.48

%

 

0.46

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Excluding RALs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Net charge-offs

 

$

5,923

 

$

14,027

 

$

12,673

 

$

8,730

 

$

7,741

 

     Average loans

 

$

3,608,881

 

$

3,029,669

 

$

2,874,091

 

$

2,619,325

 

$

2,328,576

 

          Ratio

 

 

0.22

%

 

0.46

%

 

0.44

%

 

0.33

%

 

0.33

%

TABLE 22—RECONCILIATION OF OTHER AMOUNTS WITH AND WITHOUT RAL/RT AMOUNTS

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Other service charges,
   commissions and fees

 

 

$

3,816

 

 

 

$

474

 

 

 

$

3,342

 

 

 

$

4,518

 

 

 

$

1,161

 

 

 

$

3,357

 

 

Noninterest revenue

 

 

 

11,241

 

 

 

 

659

 

 

 

 

10,582

 

 

 

 

13,626

 

 

 

 

1,390

 

 

 

 

12,236

 

 

Operating expense

 

 

 

43,349

 

 

 

 

2,177

 

 

 

 

41,172

 

 

 

 

37,618

 

 

 

 

1,442

 

 

 

 

36,176

 

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

2,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,740

 

 

 

 

(2,653

)

 

 

 

1,635

 

 

 

 

(4,288

)

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

 

23,311

 

 

 

 

(1,486

)

 

 

 

24,797

 

 

 

 

20,268

 

 

 

 

1,608

 

 

 

 

18,660

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

8,752

 

 

 

 

(625

)

 

 

 

9,377

 

 

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

 

676

 

 

 

 

6,335

 

 

Net Income

 

 

 

14,559

 

 

 

 

(861

)

 

 

 

15,420

 

 

 

 

13,257

 

 

 

 

932

 

 

 

 

12,325

 

 


 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Other service charges,
   commissions and fees

 

 

$

13,487

 

 

$

3,966

 

 

$

9,521

 

 

 

$

13,445

 

 

$

3,753

 

 

$

9,692

 

 

Noninterest revenue

 

 

 

63,242

 

 

 

27,908

 

 

 

35,334

 

 

 

 

67,615

 

 

 

31,547

 

 

 

36,068

 

 

Operating expense

 

 

 

134,508

 

 

 

12,346

 

 

 

122,162

 

 

 

 

120,564

 

 

 

10,973

 

 

 

109,591

 

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

11,061

 

 

 

8,954

 

 

 

2,107

 

 

 

 

16,905

 

 

 

9,508

 

 

 

7,397

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

 

117,133

 

 

 

42,245

 

 

 

74,888

 

 

 

 

99,027

 

 

 

42,238

 

 

 

56,789

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

43,436

 

 

 

17,764

 

 

 

25,672

 

 

 

 

35,953

 

 

 

17,761

 

 

 

18,192

 

 

Net Income

 

 

 

73,697

 

 

 

24,481

 

 

 

49,216

 

 

 

 

63,074

 

 

 

24,477

 

 

 

38,597

 

 

75



 

 

Three Months Ended
June 30, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
June 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other service charges,
   commissions and fees

 

 

$

3,847

 

 

 

$

576

 

 

 

$

3,271

 

 

 

$

3,487

 

 

 

$

647

 

 

 

$

2,840

 

 

Noninterest revenue

 

 

 

15,380

 

 

 

 

3,673

 

 

 

 

11,707

 

 

 

 

15,137

 

 

 

 

3,721

 

 

 

 

11,416

 

 

Operating expense

 

 

 

44,043

 

 

 

 

2,615

 

 

 

 

41,428

 

 

 

 

38,499

 

 

 

 

1,575

 

 

 

 

36,924

 

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

737

 

 

 

 

2,635

 

 

 

 

3,934

 

 

 

 

(1,299

)

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

 

26,033

 

 

 

 

2,303

 

 

 

 

23,730

 

 

 

 

20,953

 

 

 

 

(237

)

 

 

 

21,190

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

9,486

 

 

 

 

968

 

 

 

 

8,518

 

 

 

 

7,554

 

 

 

 

(100

)

 

 

 

7,654

 

 

Net Income

 

 

 

16,547

 

 

 

 

1,335

 

 

 

 

15,212

 

 

 

 

13,399

 

 

 

 

(137

)

 

 

 

13,536

 

 


 

 

Three Months Ended
March 31, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
March 31, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other service charges,
   commissions and fees

 

 

$

5,824

 

 

 

$

2,916

 

 

 

$

2,908

 

 

 

$

5,467

 

 

 

$

2,218

 

 

 

$

3,249

 

 

Noninterest revenue

 

 

 

36,621

 

 

 

 

23,576

 

 

 

 

13,045

 

 

 

 

38,852

 

 

 

 

26,709

 

 

 

 

12,143

 

 

Operating expense

 

 

 

47,116

 

 

 

 

7,555

 

 

 

 

39,561

 

 

 

 

44,447

 

 

 

 

7,956

 

 

 

 

36,491

 

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

7,584

 

 

 

 

8,954

 

 

 

 

(1,370

)

 

 

 

11,617

 

 

 

 

7,209

 

 

 

 

4,408

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

 

67,789

 

 

 

 

41,426

 

 

 

 

26,363

 

 

 

 

57,806

 

 

 

 

40,867

 

 

 

 

16,939

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

25,198

 

 

 

 

17,420

 

 

 

 

7,778

 

 

 

 

21,388

 

 

 

 

17,185

 

 

 

 

4,203

 

 

Net Income

 

 

 

42,591

 

 

 

 

24,006

 

 

 

 

18,585

 

 

 

 

36,418

 

 

 

 

23,682

 

 

 

 

12,736

 

 

76



TABLE 23—FTE AMOUNTS USED IN COMPUTATION OF NET INTERST MARGIN AND OPERATING EFFICIENCY RATIO

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

Three Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Consolidated

 

FTE Adjustment

 

Including
FTE Adjustment

 

Consolidated

 

FTE Adjustment

 

Including
FTE Adjustment

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan income

 

 

$

60,387

 

 

 

$

115

 

 

 

$

60,502

 

 

 

$

48,128

 

 

 

$

124

 

 

 

$

48,252

 

 

Loan income excluding
   RAL/RT activities

 

 

 

60,334

 

 

 

 

115

 

 

 

 

60,449

 

 

 

 

48,082

 

 

 

 

124

 

 

 

 

48,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities income

 

 

$

16,033

 

 

 

$

1,454

 

 

 

$

17,487

 

 

 

$

11,719

 

 

 

$

1,532

 

 

 

$

13,251

 

 

Securities income excluding
   RAL/RT activities

 

 

 

16,033

 

 

 

 

1,454

 

 

 

 

17,487

 

 

 

 

11,719

 

 

 

 

1,532

 

 

 

 

13,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

$

58,159

 

 

 

$

1,569

 

 

 

$

59,728

 

 

 

$

46,913

 

 

 

 

1,656

 

 

 

$

48,569

 

 

Net interest income excluding
   RAL/RT activities

 

 

 

58,127

 

 

 

 

1,569

 

 

 

 

59,696

 

 

 

 

46,888

 

 

 

 

1,656

 

 

 

 

48,544

 

 


 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2003

 

 

 


 


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Consolidated

 

FTE
Adjustment

 

Including
FTE Adjustment

 

Consolidated

 

FTE
Adjustment

 

Including
FTE Adjustment

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan income

 

 

$

203,852

 

 

 

$

331

 

 

 

$

204,183

 

 

 

$

177,745

 

 

 

$

574

 

 

 

$

178,319

 

 

Loan income excluding
   RAL/RT activities

 

 

 

167,360

 

 

 

 

331

 

 

 

 

167,691

 

 

 

 

146,052

 

 

 

 

574

 

 

 

 

146,626

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities income

 

 

$

44,178

 

 

 

$

4,435

 

 

 

$

48,613

 

 

 

$

30,930

 

 

 

$

4,363

 

 

 

$

35,293

 

 

Securities income excluding
   RAL/RT activities

 

 

 

44,178

 

 

 

 

4,435

 

 

 

 

48,613

 

 

 

 

30,930

 

 

 

 

4,363

 

 

 

 

35,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

$

199,460

 

 

 

$

4,766

 

 

 

$

204,226

 

 

 

$

168,881

 

 

 

$

4,937

 

 

 

$

173,818

 

 

Net interest income excluding
   RAL/RT activities

 

 

 

163,823

 

 

 

 

4,766

 

 

 

 

168,589

 

 

 

 

137,709

 

 

 

 

4,937

 

 

 

 

142,646

 

 

77



TABLE 24—AMOUNTS USED IN COMPUTATION OF RATIOS IN ASSET QUALITY TABLE 10

 

 

As of or for the quarter-ended
September 30, 2004

 

 

 


 

 

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

 

 


 


 


 

Nonperforming loans

 

 

$

24,146

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

24,146

 

 

Potential problem loans

 

 

 

102,452

 

 

 

 

1,412

 

 

 

 

101,040

 

 

Total loans

 

 

 

3,917,945

 

 

 

 

1,412

 

 

 

 

3,916,533

 

 

Nonperforming assets

 

 

 

27,056

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,056

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

5,805,040

 

 

 

 

65,034

 

 

 

 

5,740,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit loss

 

 

 

2,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,740

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

 

2,514

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,514

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

 

3,567

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

3,566

 

 

Allowance for credit loss

 

 

 

52,169

 

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

 

51,880

 

 


 

 

As of or for the quarter-ended
June 30, 2004

 

 

 


 

 

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

 

 


 


 


 

Nonperforming loans

 

 

$

23,609

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

23,609

 

 

Potential problem loans

 

 

 

98,979

 

 

 

 

2,989

 

 

 

 

95,990

 

 

Total loans

 

 

 

3,740,878

 

 

 

 

2,989

 

 

 

 

3,737,889

 

 

Nonperforming assets

 

 

 

26,519

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,519

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

5,684,329

 

 

 

 

70,304

 

 

 

 

5,614,025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit loss

 

 

 

737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

737

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

 

7,859

 

 

 

 

2,241

 

 

 

 

5,618

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

 

2,252

 

 

 

 

891

 

 

 

 

1,361

 

 

Allowance for credit loss

 

 

 

48,376

 

 

 

 

288

 

 

 

 

48,088

 

 


 

 

As of or for the quarter-ended
March 31, 2004

 

 

 


 

 

 

Consolidated

 

RAL/RT

 

Excluding
RAL/RT

 

 

 


 


 


 

Nonperforming loans

 

 

$

35,267

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

35,267

 

 

Potential problem loans

 

 

 

78,026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78,026

 

 

Total loans

 

 

 

3,694,167

 

 

 

 

52,106

 

 

 

 

3,642,061

 

 

Nonperforming assets

 

 

 

35,267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,267

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

5,629,675

 

 

 

 

344,064

 

 

 

 

5,285,611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit loss

 

 

 

7,584

 

 

 

 

8,954

 

 

 

 

(1,370

)

 

Charge-offs

 

 

 

15,323

 

 

 

 

10,270

 

 

 

 

5,053

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

 

5,289

 

 

 

 

2,954

 

 

 

 

2,335

 

 

Allowance for credit loss

 

 

 

53,246

 

 

 

 

1,638

 

 

 

 

51,608

 

 

78



Note F—Generally, interest income earned on loans is a function of the outstanding balance multiplied by the rate specified in the loan agreement. For RALs, however, the interest income is unrelated to the length of time the loan is outstanding and there is no explicit interest rate. The flat fee charged is instead simply recognized as income when the loan is collected from the IRS. Because relatively few RALs are made during the subsequent quarters each year, the average balance of RALs in these quarters is primarily related to the speed of payment by the IRS of loans made in the first quarter and also related to when during the quarter delinquent loans are charged-off.

Note G—Market interest rates available for financial instruments may be plotted on a graph by their maturities, with the rates on the Y-axis (vertical) and maturities on the X-axis (horizontal). The line that connects the points will normally be a curve sloping up to the right because generally short term instruments have lower rates and long term instruments have higher rates. Based on expectations in the markets with respect to interest rate changes, the shape and slope of the curve will change. When there is a wider divergence between short term and long term rates, the slope will become steeper. When there is a narrower difference between short term and long term rates, the slope will become flatter. Occasionally, the slope (or a portion of the slope) inverts and short-term rates are actually higher than long term rates.

Note H—In fact, because consumer and small business loans including leasing loans are generally charged-off as soon as they become 120 days delinquent, they will frequently migrate directly from a pass or grade 7 classification to loss without appearing as nonaccrual from a reporting standpoint, simply because there is only a one in three chance that a quarter-end will occur while they are in nonaccrual status.

Note I—The base case amount for net interest income is not the same as the Company’s forecast of the net interest income for the next twelve months. While the computation assumes some changes to the product mix— financial instruments that mature within the next twelve months are generally assumed to be replaced by similar instruments at current market rates. That is not necessarily what the Company expects to happen.

Note J—To understand what appears to be a high APR for RALs, it may help to see the credit cost of the average RAL expressed as an APR. The average RAL is approximately $2,800. For 2003, the Company charged-off an average of about 105 basis points. 105 basis points for an average loan would be $29.40. Expressed as an APR, the $29.40 would be 38.3%. Funding and processing costs are incurred in addition to the credit costs.

Note K—In the current interest rate environment, some assets are earning less than 2% and could not have their interest rates decreased by 200 basis points. For purposes of the shock analysis reported in Table 4, their rates have been reduced to 0%.

Note L—Caps are limits as to how much the interest rate can rise and floors are limits as to how much rates may fall. These limits may apply to each time the rate is due for re-setting, to how much they may move over a period of time, e.g. a year, or to how much they may change over the whole term of the loan.

Note M—During the third quarter of 2004, the average rate earned on loans in the two Pacific Capital lending units was 7.68% compared to 6.12% at the other lending units. The average rate on deposits during the same period at the former PCCI branches was 1.46% compared to 1.26% at the Company’s other branches.

Note N—Changes in intermediate-term rates do not immediately impact prepayment rates on residential loans and MBS investments. Customers apply for refinancing mortgages when rates drop, but it takes about two month before the applications can be processed and the old loans paid off.

Note O— A large number of home mortgage loans may be grouped together by a financial institution into a pool. This pool may then be securitized and sold to investors. The payments received from the borrowers on their mortgages are used to pay the investors. The mortgage instruments themselves are the security or backing for the investors and the securities are termed mortgage-backed.

Collateralized mortgage obligations are like mortgage-backed securities in that they involve a pool of mortgages. However, payments received from the borrowers are not equally paid to investors. Instead, investors purchase portions of the pool that have different repayment characteristics. This permits the investor to better time the cash flows that will be received.

Asset-backed securities are like mortgage-backed securities except that loans other than mortgages are the source of repayment. For instance, these might be credit card loans or auto loans.

79



Note P—The maturity of mortgage backed securities extends when rates rise because homeowners prepay their loans at a lower rate then projected when the security was issued, however, the repricing to market rates after a period of time gives some protection to the investor from rising rates. Either the discouragement to refinancing by having a lower rate than market is removed allowing the investor to reinvest prepayments at the current higher rates or the investor will receive a return closer to market rates if the customers do not refinance.

80




Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

 

 

 

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are located in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in the section on interest rate sensitivity.

 

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

 

 

 

 

As of the end of the period covering the report, Pacific Capital Bancorp carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to the Company (including its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in our periodic SEC filings. There have been no significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls during the last fiscal quarter.

81



PART II

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

The Company has been named in three class action lawsuits related to the cross-collection agreement it has with other providers of refund anticipation loans. These suits are described in Note 11, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company does not expect that the suits will have any material impact on its financial condition or operating results.

The Company is involved in various litigation of a routine nature which is being handled and defended in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. In the opinion of Management, based in part on consultation with legal counsel, the resolution of these litigation matters will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.

Item 2. Changes in Securities and Use of Proceeds

(dollars in thousands)

 

(a)
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased

 

(b) 
Average Price
Paid per Share

 

(c) 
Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs

 

(d)
Approximate
Dollar Value
of Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans or Programs

 

Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Begin Date

 

End Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

04/01/2004

 

04/30/2004

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,933

 

 

05/01/2004

 

05/31/2004

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,933

 

 

06/01/2004

 

06/30/2004

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,933

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On July 17, 2003, the Company announced its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $20 million of its common stock. Due to the anticipated capital requirements of the Company’s acquisition of Pacific Crest Capital, the Company stopped repurchasing shares in August 2003 after purchasing only $1.1 million from the authorized amount. Management anticipates that its share repurchase activity will be modest in the foreseeable future as it appears that the economy is improving and loan demand is expected to increase. This authorization has no expiration date and the Company had no prior plans which expired during the third quarter of 2004.

Item 3.

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

 

 

None.

 

 

 

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders:

 

 

None.

 

 

 

Item 5.

Other information

 

 

None.

82




Item 6.

Exhibits and reports on Form 8-K


(a)

Exhibit Index:

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit Number

Item Description

 

 

 

 

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

32

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

(b)

Reports on Form 8-K

 

 

 

 

 

The following current reports on Form 8-K were filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission during the third quarter of 2004.

 

 

 

Subject

Filing Date

 

 

 

 

Item 7.

Financial Statements and Exhibits

July 22, 2004

 

 

Press release announcing earnings for second quarter of 2004.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following current reports on Form 8-K have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission to date during the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

 

 

Subject

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

 

 

Item 8.01.

Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

October 26, 2004

 

 

Press release announcing earnings for third quarter of 2004.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement

 

October 28, 2004

 

 

Amended and restated Management Retention Plan approved October 25, 2004

 

Shareholders may obtain a copy of any exhibit by writing to:

 

Carol Kelleher

 

Corporate Secretary

 

Pacific Capital Bancorp

 

P.O. Box 60839

 

Santa Barbara, CA 93160-0839

83



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized:

PACIFIC CAPITAL BANCORP

 

/s/  William S. Thomas, Jr.

 

 

William S. Thomas, Jr.

November 9, 2004

 

President

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Donald Lafler

 

 

Donald Lafler

November 9, 2004

 

Executive Vice President

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

84